Dokumen - Tips - Manual 13th Edition

MANUAL
13th edition
FOR SPLENDID ISOLATION

Dear Inquirer!
You are holding the Dehydrated Culture Media

Manual of BIOLAB Inc., the leading Hungarian
manufacturer and distributor of microbiological
products. As a result of our 23 years of continuous
development, you can find over 500 products on the
following pages. We hope that you will find all
necessary information for preparing media.
Our products are manufactured under ISO 9001:2008
quality assurance system and CE marked.
Culture media of Biolab Inc. are manufactured by
the newest technology. The extreme stability of the
products is assured by the careful choice of top
quality raw materials and the multi-level quality
control procedures.
This manual is divided into three parts:
I. RAW MATERIALS
II. DEHYDRATED CULTURE MEDIA

2.1. Culture media according to
the pharmacopoeias
2.2. Alphabetical list of media
III. SUPPLEMENTS
Budapest, 2nd November, 2013

For further information please contact our Export Department:
I. Raw
Materials
I. RAW MATERIALS
BACTERIOLOGICAL AGAR BACTERIOLOGICAL PEPTONE
Bacteriological agar is a gelling agent used in the preparation of culture media and other It is obtained by the enzymatic digestion of animal proteins and has a wide applications as
bacteriological applications. Its main advantage is the absence of inhibitors, which could hinder ingredient of routine media.
optimal development of micro-organisms. In addition, bacteriological agar also possesses other
attributes such as transparency, high hysteresis and very reliable reproducibility. Code Number: BAP10500, BAP11000
Appearance: Fine cream powder easily soluble in water
Code Number: BAA10500, BAA11000
Appearance: White cream powder Physico-chemical characteristics
Standard
Physico-chemical characteristics Solubility in water 2% Complete
Standard pH (2% solution) 6.5 - 7.5
Sieve analysis (ASTM) On Mesh 60 Pass Loss on drying =<6.0 %
Gel strength (Nikkan) after autoclaving 800 - 950 g/cm2 Total nitrogen TN 12 - 14 %
Loss on drying <12 % α-amino nitrogen AN 3.0 - 4.0 %
Total ashes <5 % AN/TNx100 25-28
pH (1,5% solution) gel after autoclaving 6 - 7.5 Residue on ignition =<17 %
Nephelos after autoclaving <12 NTU Chloride (NaCl) =<6 %
Gelling point 33 - 37 °C
Melting point 85 - 95 °C Microbiology
Standard
Microbiology Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Standard Coliforms < = 10/g
Total aerobe microbial count <100/g Escherichia coli Absence/10 g
Viable spores <10/g Salmonella Absence/25 g
Yeasts and moulds =<20/g
Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygro-scopic product.
BACTERIOLOGICAL BILE BILE SALT No.3
Purified ox bile is prepared by purification of raw ox bile in order to remove the substances Bile salt No.3 is prepared by refinement of bile salt in order to demand for use as a selective
which can interfere with the application in bacteriology. inhibitory agent.
It is used in culture media because of its inhibitory properties of Gram-positive micro-
organisms, enabling the growth of different groups of bac-teria, such as coliforms, Code Number: BBS10100, BBS10500
salmonellae and enterococci. Appearance: White free-flowing powder
Code Number: BBI10100, BBI10500

Appearance: Greenish brown powder easily soluble in water Physico-chemical characteristics
Standard
Physico-chemical characteristics Solubility in water 2% Clear at 20 °C
Standard pH (5% solution) 8,0-9,0
Solubility in water 2% Complete Loss on drying _<4 %
pH (2% solution) 5-7
Loss on drying <6 % Microbiology
Total nitrogen TN 40-50 % Standard
Residue on ignition =<20 % Total aerobe microbial count _<1 000/g
Microbiology Storage conditions: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic
Standard product.
Total aerobe microbial count =<1 000/g
Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygro-scopic product.
5
I. RAW MATERIALS
CASEIN PEPTONE MALT EXTRACT
It is obtained by prolonged pancreatic digestion of the casein, in order to provide a large Malt extract is prepared by means of purification steps in order to achieve a product showing
content of free amino-acids and small peptides. clear solution. It is rich in carbohydrates, mainly maltose.
It is intended for the culture of yeasts and moulds.
Code Number: CAP10500, CAP11000
Appearance: Fine cream powder easily soluble in water Code Number: MAE10500, MAE11000
Physico-chemical characteristics
Standard Physico-chemical characteristics
Solubility in water 2% Complete Standard
pH (5% solution) 6.5 - 7.5 Solubility in water 2% Complete
Loss on drying =<6.0 % pH (5% solution) 5-6
Total nitrogen TN 12.2 - 13.2 % Loss on drying =<4.5 %
α-amino nitrogen AN 3.0 - 4.0 % Total nitrogen =<70 %
AN/TNx100 25 - 31 Reducing sugars =<80 %
Residue on ignition =<17 % Residue on ignition =>3 %
Chloride (NaCl) =<6 %
Microbiology
Microbiology Standard
Standard Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g Escheria coli Absence/10 g
Coliforms < = 10/g Salmonella Absence/25 g
Escherichia coli Absence/10 g Yeasts and moulds =<20/g
Salmonella Absence/25 g
Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10 g Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic product.
Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic product.
GELATIN PEPTONE MEAT EXTRACT
Gelatin peptone is manufactured by pancreatic digestion of pork gelatin. Because of the Meat extract is manufactured by a controlled enzymatic hydrolysis of beef.
amino-acid composition of the gelatin, the peptone provide high level of proline and
hydroxyproline but does not contain tryptophan. Use: Source of organic nitrogen and growth factors recommended in media for:
Gelatin peptone shows relatively low growth promotion properties and it is designed for non – Analytical microbiology
fastidious bacteria. It is compatible with phosphates and it is often used in combination with – Industrial fermentation
other peptones in the media formulation.
Code Number: MEE10500, MEE11000
Code Number: GEP10500, GEP11000 Appearance: Fine beige powder easily soluble in water
Physico-chemical characteristics Standard
Standard Solubility in water 2% Complete
Solubility in water 2% Complete pH (2% solution) 5.5-6.5
pH (2% solution) 6.5 - 7.5 Loss on drying =<7 %
Loss on drying =<3.5 % Total nitrogen TN =<14.4 %
Total nitrogen TN 14 - 16 % α-amino nitrogen AN 3.5 - 4.5 %
α-amino nitrogen AN 2.4 - 3.4 % AN/TNx100 24-31
AN/TNx100 17 - 23 Residue on ignition =<18.0 %
Residue on ignition =<10 % Protein =<90 %
Microbiology Microbiology
Standard Standard
Total aerobe microbial count =<2600cfu/g Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Coliforms < = 10/g Coliforms < = 10/g
Escherichia coli Absence/10g Escheria coli Absence/10 g
Salmonella Absence/25g Salmonella Absence/25 g
Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10g Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10 g
Yeasts and moulds =<100cfu/g Yeasts and moulds =<20/g
Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic product. Storage: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic product.
6
I. RAW MATERIALS
MEAT PEPTONE (PEPSIN DIGESTED) PROTEOSE PEPTONE
Meat peptone (pepsin digested) is manufactured by enzymatic hydrolysis of selected fresh Proteose peptone is manufactured by enzymatic hydrolysis of selected fresh meat and animal
meat. Its good promotion properties make it suitable for the cultures of aerobeand tissue. Its special formulation enhances the growth properties and makes it very suitable
anaerobebacteria. It is commonly used for production of toxins from micro-organisms such ingredient in the media intended for the productions of bacterial toxins (Corynebacterium
as Corynebacterium and Clostridium spp. diphtheriae) as well as in the media for the cultivation of a variety of bacteria having different
nutritive needs (gonococci, pneumococci, streptococci, staphylococci).
Code Number: MPE10500, MPE11000
Appearance: Fine beige powder easily soluble in water Code Number: PRP10500, RPR11000
pH (2% solution) 6.0 - 7.5 Solubility in water 2% Complete
Loss on drying =<5 % pH (2% solution) 6-7
Total nitrogen TN 12 - 13 % Loss on drying =<5 %
α-amino nitrogen AN 3.8 - 4.8 % Total nitrogen TN 12.1 - 13.2 %
AN/TNx100 29 - 40 α-amino nitrogen AN 3.5 - 4.5 %
Residue on ignition =<15 % AN/TNx100 29 - 37
Residue on ignition =<18 %
Microbiology
Standard Microbiology
Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g Standard
Coliforms < = 10/g Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Escherichia coli Absence/10 g Coliforms < = 10/g
Salmonella Absence/25 g Escherichia coli Absence/10 g
Yeasts and moulds =<20/g Salmonella Absence/25 g
MYCOLOGICAL PEPTONE SOYA PEPTONE
Mycological peptone was developed specifically for the culturing and isolation of Soya peptone is manufactured by papaic hydrolysis of defatted soya flour. It shows very
pathogenic and non pathogenic fungi. This product rapidly gives a luxuriant growth with high nutritive properties, providing with a rapid vigorous growth of usual micro-organisms,
typical morphology and pigmentation. including yeasts and moulds. It contains high content of carbohydrates and therefore it is
not suitable for studying sugar fermentation.
Code Number: FUP10500, FUP11000
Appearance: Fine beige powder easily soluble in water Code Number: SOP10500, SOP11000
Appearance: Fine beige powder easily soluble in water
pH (5% solution) 6.0-7.0 Solubility in water 2% Complete
Loss on drying _<5 % pH (5% solution) 6-7
Total nitrogen TN 10-12.5 % Loss on drying =<5 %
α-amino nitrogen AN 3,8-5 % Total nitrogen TN 9.5 - 11.0 %
AN/TNx100 30-50 α-amino nitrogen AN 2.2 - 3.2 %
Residue on ignition _<15 % AN/TNx100 20 - 34
Microbiology
Total aerobe microbial count _<10 000/g Standard
Coliforms < _ 10/g Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Escherichia coli Absence – 10/g Coliforms < = 10/g
Salmonella Absence – 25/g Escherichia coli Absence/10 g
Yeasts and moulds _<20/g Salmonella Absence/25 g
Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10 g
Storage conditions: Keep in cool and dry area. Avoid heat and moisture. Hygroscopic Yeasts and moulds =<20/g
product.
7
I. RAW MATERIALS
TRYPTONE YEAST EXTRACT
Tryptone is manufactured by controlled enzymatic (tryptic) hydrolysis of casein. Yeast extract is obtained by autolysis of the cells (enzymatic digestion by its own enzymes) of
Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Therefore the resulting extract consists of amino-acids, oligo-peptides,
Use: Source of organic nitrogen recommended in media for: carbohydrates, vitamins and purine and pyrimidine basis from nucleic acids. This natural
– Analytical microbiology composition of yeast extract, rich in growing factors, make it a widely used ingredient for
– Industrial fermentation improving the growth promotion properties of the media. The high content of carbohydrates
cannot be used in media designed for sugar fermentation.
Code Number: TRP10500, TRP11000
Appearance: Fine cream powder easily soluble in water Code Number: YEE10500, YEE11000
Appearance: Fine pale-yellow powder easily soluble in water
pH (2% solution) 6.5-7.5 Solubility in water 2% Complete
Loss on drying =<5.0 % pH (2% solution) 6.4 - 7.4
Total nitrogen TN 12.1 - 13.1 % Loss on drying =<3.5
α-amino nitrogen AN 5.5 - 6.5 % Total nitrogen TN 8.0 - 10.5 %
AN/TNx100 42 - 54 α-amino nitrogen AN 2.5 - 4.0 %
Residue on ignition =<15 % AN/TNx100 24 - 50
Microbiology
Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g Standard
Coliforms < = 10/g Total aerobe microbial count =<5 000/g
Escherichia coli Absence/10 g Coliforms < = 10/g
Salmonella Absence/25 g Escherichia coli Absence/10 g
Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10 g Salmonella Absence/25 g
Yeasts and moulds =<20/g Staphylococcus aureus Absence/10 g
TRYPTOSE
It is a blend of peptones prepared from animal tissues and protein of animal origin, suitable
for the media intended for culture of Streptococcus and other delicate micro-organisms.
Owing to the nutritive properties of its composition Tryptose shows good performances in
the isolation and culture of fastidious strains.
Code Number: TRY10500, TRY11000

Standard
Solubility in water 2% Complete
pH (2% solution) 6.5 - 7.5
Loss on drying =<5 %
Total nitrogen TN 11.5 - 13.0 %
α-amino nitrogen AN 4-5%
AN/TNx100 31 - 43
Microbiology
Standard
Total aerobe microbial count =<10 000/g
Coliforms Absence/10 g
Salmonella Absence/10 g
Yeasts and moulds Absence/0,1 g
8
II. DEHYDRATED
CULTURE MEDIA
2.1. Culture media according to pharmacopoeias
A. PharmaBio® culture media
The PharmaBio® product range includes excellent quality culture media according to the pharmacopoeias. All these items are provided only after strict tests which are
conducted according to the pharmacopoeias’ requirements. Certificates of analysis contain these test results. See their descriptions in the alphabetical list of media (2.2.).
B. Culture media for the method of the European Pharmacopoeia
BROTH MEDIUM A AGAR MEDIUM L (Brilliant green phenol red lactose sucrose
(CASEIN SOYA-BEAN DIGEST BROTH) agar)
See: Tryptone Soya Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Brilliant Green (BPLS) Agar, PH EUR
AGAR MEDIUM B (CASEIN SOYA-BEAN DIGEST AGAR) AGAR MEDIUM M (TSI AGAR)
See: Tryptone Soya Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Triple Sugar Iron (TSI) Agar, PH EUR
AGAR MEDIUM C
(SABOURAUD GLUCOSE AGAR WITH CHLORAMPHENICOL) AGAR MEDIUM N (CETRIMIDE AGAR BASE)
See: Sabouraud Chloramphenicol Agar, PH EUR See: Cetrimide Agar Base, PH EUR - USP
BROTH MEDIUM D (LACTOSE BROTH) AGAR MEDIUM O (BAIRD-PARKER AGAR BASE)

See: Lactose Broth, PH EUR See: Baird-Parker Agar Base, PH EUR
BROTH MEDIUM E (enterobacteria enrichment broth,

mossel) MEDIUM P (REINFORCED media for clostridia)
See: EE Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Reinforced Clostridial (RCM-DRCM) Medium Base, PH EUR - USP
AGAR MEDIUM F
(Crystal violet neutral red bile agar with glucose) AGAR MEDIUM Q (COLUMBIA AGAR)
See: Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar, PH EUR See: Columbia Agar, PH EUR - USP
BROTH MEDIUM G (MACCONKEY BROTH) BROTH MEDIUM R (LACTOSE SULPHITE BROTH BASE)
See: MacConkey Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Lactose Sulphite Broth Base, PH EUR
AGAR MEDIUM H (MACCONKEY AGAR) AGAR MEDIUM S (R2A AGAR)

See: MacConkey Agar, PH EUR - USP See: R2A Agar, PH EUR
BROTH MEDIUM I
(TETRATHIONATE bile brilliant green broth) buffered sodium chloride peptone solution pH 7.0
See: Tetrathionate Broth Base, PH EUR See: Peptone Water, Buffered, PH EUR - USP
AGAR MEDIUM J (DESOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR) FLUID THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM FOR STERILITY TESTING
See: Deoxycholate Citrate Agar, PH EUR See: Thioglycollate Medium, PH EUR
AGAR MEDIUM K (xylose lysine deoxycholate agar) Neutralising Fluid Base

See: XLD Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Neutralising Fluid Base, PH EUR
11
C. Culture media for the method of the United States Pharmacopoeia
Casein Peptone Lecithin Polysorbate Broth Base, USP SELENITE-CYSTINE BROTH BASE, USP
See: Casein Peptone Lecithin Polysorbate Broth Base, USP See: Selenite Cystine Broth Base, USP
Eosin Methylene blue agar, USP TETRATIONATE BROTH BASE, USP

See: Eosin Methylene Blue Agar, USP See: Tetrationate Broth Base, USP
KING A AGAR, USP VOGEL-JOHNSON AGAR, USP

See: King A Agar Base, USP See: Vogel-Johnson Agar Base, USP
KING B AGAR, USP

See: King B Agar Base, USP
D. Culture media for the harmonised method
Buffered sodium chloride peptone solution pH 7.0 Mannitol salt agar
See: Peptone Water, Buffered, PH EUR - USP See: Mannitol Salt Agar, PH EUR - USP
Casein soya bean digest agar Potato dextrose agar
See: Tryptone Soya Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Potato Dextrose Agar, PH EUR - USP
Casein soya bean digest broth Rappaport Vassiliadis Salmonella enrichment broth
See: Tryptone Soya Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Rappaport Vassiliadis Broth Base, PH EUR - USP
Cetrimide agar Reinforced medium for clostridia

See: Cetrimide Agar Base, PH EUR - USP See: Reinforced Clostridial (RCM-DRCM) Medium Base, PH EUR - USP
Columbia agar Sabouraud dextrose agar

See: Columbia Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Sabouraud Dextrose (4%) Agar, PH EUR - USP
Enterobacteria enrichment broth, Mossel Sabouraud dextrose broth

See: EE Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Sabouraud Dextrose Broth, PH EUR - USP
MacConkey Agar Violet red bile glucose agar

See: MacConkey Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar, PH EUR - USP
MacConkey Broth Xylose, lysine, deoxycholate agar

See: MacConkey Broth, PH EUR - USP See: XLD Agar, PH EUR - USP
12
2.2. Alphabetical list of media
CULTURE MEDIA FOR AMINO ACID DECOMPOSITION STUDIES
Differential media for the differentiation of micro-organisms on the basis of their ability to decompose (decarboxylate or dehydrolysate) the amino acids.
Code Number: See below

Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Direction: Suspend the indicated amount of dehydrated media listed below in one litre of distilled water.
In case of bases add the appropriate amount of amino acid (in case of Moeller Medium 10 g, in case of Falkow and Taylor media 5 g). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium
completely. Check the pH and readjust if it is necessary.
Dispense aseptically into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. After inoculation overlie the tubes aseptically with 4-5 mm sterile mineral oil (except Taylor Broth).
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected
Moeller Broth Base

Code Number DBM20500 Falkow Broth Base Taylor Broth Base
Peptone 10,500 Code Number DBF20500 Code Number DBT20500
Glucose 0,500 Peptone 8,00 Yeast extract 3,000
Pyridoxal 0,005 Glucose 1,00 Glucose 1,000
Bromocresol purple 0,010 Bromocresol purple 0,02 Bromocresol purple 0,016
Cresol red 0,005 9 g/l pH = 6,6 - 7,0 4 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
11 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
Moeller Broth, Arginine

Code Number DBM20500-AR Falkow Broth, Arginine Taylor Broth, Arginine
Peptone 10,500 Code Number DBF20500-AR Code Number DBT20500-AR
L-Arginine 10,000 Glucose 1,00 Glucose 1,000
Pyridoxal 0,005 L-Arginine 5,00 L-Arginine 5,000
21 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
Moeller Broth, Lysine Falkow Broth, Lysine Taylor Broth, Lysine

Code Number DBM20500-LY Code Number DBF20500-LY Code Number DBT20500-LY
Peptone 10,500 Peptone 8,00 Yeast extract 3,000
Glucose 0,500 Glucose 1,00 Glucose 1,000
L-Lysine 10,000 L-Lysine 5,00 L-Lysine 5,000
Pyridoxal 0,005 Bromocresol purple 0,02 Bromocresol purple 0,016
Bromocresol purple 0,010 14 g/l pH = 6,6 - 7,0 9 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
Cresol red 0,005
21 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
Moeller Broth, Ornithine
Code Number DBM20500-OR Falkow Broth, Ornithine Taylor Broth, Ornithine
Peptone 10,500 Code Number DBF20500-OR Code Number DBT20500-OR
L-Ornithine 10,000 Glucose 1,00 Glucose 1,000
Pyridoxal 0,005 L-Ornithine 5,00 L-Ornithine 5,000
21 g/l pH = 5,9 - 6,3
from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Negative control: Proteus vulgaris
References: M
oeller (1955) Acta. Path. Microbiol. Scand. 36: 158.
Falkow (1958) Amer. J. Clin. Path. 29: 598.
Taylor (1961) Appl. Microbiol. 9: 487.
13
A-1 BROTH BASE ACETATE DIFFERENTIAL AGAR
A non-selective medium for the detection of coliform micro-organisms. A synthetic differential medium for the differentiation of Shigella spp. from Escherichia coli.
Code Number: A1B20500, A1B25000 Code Number: ADA20500, ADA25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
pH before autoclaving: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C pH before autoclaving: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 31 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 1 ml of Triton Direction: Suspend 29 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
X-100 Supplement (TXS80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by autoclaving Allow to cool in slanted position.
at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Sodium acetate 2,00
Peptones 20,5 Sodium chloride 5,00
Lactose 5,0 Magnesium sulphate 0,20
Salicin 0,5 Bromothymol blue 0,08
Sodium chloride 5,0 Buffers 2,00
Agar 19,80
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
protected from light at room temperature. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis Quality Control:
Negative control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa Positive control: Escherichia coli
Negative control: Sheigella sonnei
References: Andrews and Presnell (1972) Appl. Microbiol. 23: 521.
References: Trabulsi and Ewing (1962) Public Health Lab. 20: 137.
ACETAMIDE BROTH AEROMONAS AGAR BASE
A synthetic differential medium for the enrichment and differentiation of Pseudomonas A selective medium for the isolation of Aeromonas spp.
aeruginosa.
Code Number: AEA20500, AEA25000
Code Number: ACB20500, ACB25000 Colour: Beige
Colour: White Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Final pH: 8,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
pH before autoclaving: 6,8 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 30 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
Direction: Suspend 3,4 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 Aeromonas Selective Supplement (AES80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled
minutes. water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l Warning!

Acetamide 2 The medium is heat sensitive.
Sodium chloride 0,2 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Magnesium sulphate 0,2
Sodium molybdate 0,005 Formula in g/l
Ferrous sulphate 0,0005 Peptones 9,00
Buffers 1 Bile salt 3,00
Xylose 3,75
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sorbitol 3,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Lactose 1,50
protected from light at room temperature. Inositol 2,50
Sodium thiosulphate 10,87
Quality Control: Sodium chloride 5,00
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa Ferric ammonium citrate 0,80
Negative control: Escherichia coli L-Lysine 3,50
L-Arginine 2,00
References: ISO 12780: 2002 Bromothymol blue 0,04
Thymol Blue 0,04
Agar 15,00
14
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room ANAEROBE ISOLATION BROTH
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at 2-8 °C. A non-selective medium for the general growth of anaerobic organisms.
Quality Control: Code Number: AIB20500, AIB25000

Positive control: Aeromonas hydrophila, Pseudomas aeruginosa Colour: Yellowish
Negative control: Escherichia coli Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
References: Havelaar et al. (1987) J. Appl. Bact. 62: 279.
Direction: Suspend 33 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes.
ANAEROBE ISOLATION AGAR Formula in g/l

Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 23,400
A non-selective medium designed to give optimum growth of nutritionally exacting Glucose 1,000
anaerobe micro-organisms. Starch soluble 1,000
Sodium chloride 5,000
Code Number: AIA20500, AIA25000 L-Arginine 0,500
Colour: Yellowish L-Cysteine 0,500
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Growth promoters 0,830
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Vitamins 0,011
Buffers 0,760
Direction: Suspend 46 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. If it is Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
necessary to supplement with blood cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring. protected from light at room temperature.
Formula in g/l Quality Control:

Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 23,400 Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Peptostreptococcus anaerobius
Glucose 1,000
Starch soluble 1,000
L-Arginine 0,500
L-Cysteine 0,500
Growth promoters 0,830
Vitamins 0,011
Buffers 0,760
Agar 13,000
protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Peptostreptococcus anaerobius
15
ANTIBIOTIC ASSAY MEDIA
Media for the microbiological assay of antibiotics according to USP and PH EUR.
MEDIUM 12
Code Number: (A01 – A39)20500, (A01 – A39)25000 Peptone 6,0
Colour: Yellowish Casein peptone 4,0
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Yeast extract 3,0
Beef extract 1,5
Direction: Suspend the amount indicated below of dehydrated media in one litre of Glucose 1,0
distilled water. Add the supplement, if necessary and heat with frequent agitation until the Agar 15,5
31 g/l pH = 8,2 - 8,4
medium boils well (in case of agars), or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in
case of broths). Sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for 15 minutes.
MEDIUM 13
Peptone 10
MEDIUM 1
Glucose 20
Peptone 6,0
30 g/l pH = 5,5 – 5,7
Casein peptone 4,0
MEDIUM 19
Yeast extract 3,0
Peptone 9,4
Beef extract 1,5
Yeast extract 4,7
Glucose 1,0
Beef extract 2,4
Agar 15,5
Glucose 10,0
31 g/l pH = 6,5 – 6,7
MEDIUM 2
Agar 23,5
Peptone 6,0
60 g/l pH = 6,0 – 6,2
Yeast extract 3,0
MEDIUM 32
Beef extract 1,5
Peptone 6,0
Agar 15,5
Casein peptone 4,0
26 g/l pH = 6,5 – 6,7
Yeast extract 3,0
MEDIUM 3
Beef extract 1,5
Peptone 5,0
Glucose 1,0
Yeast extract 1,5
Manganese sulphate 0,3
Beef extract 1,5
Agar 15,2
Glucose 1,0
31 g/l pH = 6,5 – 6,7
Sodium chloride 3,5
MEDIUM 34 BASE
Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 3,68
Peptone 10
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 1,32
Beef extract 10
17,5 g/l pH = 6,9 – 7,1
Sodium chloride 3
MEDIUM 5
23 g/l + 10 ml/l Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) pH = 6,9 – 7,1
Peptone 6,0
Yeast extract 3,0
MEDIUM 35 BASE
Beef extract 1,5
Peptone 10
Agar 15,5
Beef extract 10
26 g/l pH = 7,8 – 8,0
Sodium chloride 3
MEDIUM 8
Agar 17
Peptone 6,0
40 g/l + 10 ml/l Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) pH = 6,9 – 7,1
Yeast extract 3,0
Beef extract 1,5
MEDIUM 36
Agar 15,5
Casein peptone 15
26 g/l pH = 5,8 – 6,0
Soya peptone 5
MEDIUM 9
Sodium chloride 5
Casein peptone 17,0
Agar 15
Soya peptone 3,0
40 g/l pH = 7,2 – 7,4
Glucose 2,5
MEDIUM 39
Sodium chloride 5,0
Peptone 5,0
Yeast extract 1,5
Agar 20,0
Beef extract 1,5
50 g/l pH = 7,1 – 7,3
Glucose 1,0
MEDIUM 10 BASE
Sodium chloride 3,5
Casein peptone 17,0
Soya peptone 3,0
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 1,32
Glucose 2,5
17,5 g/l pH = 7,8 – 8,0
Sodium chloride 5,0
Agar 12,0
42 g/l + 10 ml/l TWEEN 80 Supplement (TWS80100) pH = 7,1 – 7,3
protected from light at 2-8 °C (plates) or at room temperature (tubes).
MEDIUM 11
References: USP XXVI (1995) Chapter ‘Biological Tests and Assays’
Peptone 6,0
PH EUR II. Chapter VIII. 4.
Casein peptone 4,0
Yeast extract 3,0
Beef extract 1,5
Glucose 1,0
Agar 15,5
31 g/l pH = 8,2 – 8,4
16
APT AGAR BASE ARGININE BROTH
A non-selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of lactic acid bacteria. A selective and differential medium for the cultivation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
Code Number: APT20500, APT25000 Code Number: ARB20500, ARB25000

Direction: Suspend 59 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 1ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement Direction: Suspend 35 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
(TWS80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l Formula in g/l

Peptones 20,000 Peptones 19,50000
Glucose 10,000 Glucose 0,50000
Sodium chloride 5,000 Sodium chloride 5,00000
Sodium citrate 5,000 L-Arginine 10,00000
Magnesium sulphate 0,800 Bromothymol blue 0,00750
Manganese chloride 0,140 Brilliant green 0,00038
Ferrous sulphate 0,040
Thiamine HCl 0,001 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Buffers 5,000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Agar 13,000 protected from light at room temperature.
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Quality Control:
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Negative control: Escherichia coli
Quality Control: References: Schubert (1989) Zbl. Bakt. Hyg. B 187: 266.
Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus
References: Evans and Niven (1951) J. Bact. 62: 599.
NEW product APT BROTH BASE ASPARAGINE BROTH BASE
A non-selective medium for the cultivation of lactic acid bacteria. A selective medium for the enumeration and detection of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
Code Number: APB20500, APB25000 Code Number: ASB20500, ASB25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: White
Direction: Suspend 46 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 1 ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement Direction: Suspend 4,5 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 8 ml of Glycerol Supplement
(TWS80100). Mix well and heat gently to dis-solve the medium completely. Dispense into (GLC80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into
final containers and steril-ise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
FORMULA in g/l Formula in g/l

Peptones 20,000 DL Asparagine 3,0
Glucose 10,000 Magnesium sulphate 0,5
Sodium citrate 5,000
Magnesium sulphate 0,800 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Manganese chloride 0,140 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Ferrous sulphate 0,001 protected from light at room temperature.
Thiamine HCl 0,001
Buffers 5,000 Quality Control:
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Negative control: Escherichia coli
protected from light at room temperature. References: APHA (1985) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 16th ed.
Quality Control:

References: Evans and Niven (1951) J. Bact. 62: 599.
17
AZIDE DEXTROSE BROTH BACILLUS CEREUS (PEMBA) AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the detection of enterococci. A selective and differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of Bacillus cereus.
Code Number: ADB20500, ADB25000 Code Number: BCA20500, BCA25000

Direction: Suspend 35 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 40 g in 950 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
15 minutes. add aseptically 50 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Polymyxin (PEMBA) Emulsion (EYP80050-01). Mix
well before pouring.
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Formula in g/l
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Peptones 1,00
Mannitol 10,00
Formula in g/l Sodium pyruvate 10,00
Glucose 7,5 Magnesium sulphate 0,10
Sodium chloride 7,5 Bromothymol blue 0,12
Sodium azide 0,2 Buffers 2,75
Agar 14,00
Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis Quality Control:
Negative control: Escherichia coli Positive control: Bacillus cereus
Negative control: Bacillus subtilis, Escherichia coli
References: Mallmann and Seligmann (1950) Am. J. Public Health 40: 286.
References: Holbrook and Anderson (1980) Can. J. Microbiol. 26: 753.
AZIDE DEXTROSE BROTH, ROTHE BACILLUS CEREUS (PREP) AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the detection of enterococci. A selective and differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of Bacillus cereus.
Code Number: ADR20500, ADR25000 Code Number: BPR20500, BPR25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Pinkish
Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 46 g in 900 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
15 minutes. add aseptically 100 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Polymyxin (PREP) Emulsion (EYP80100-02). Mix
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Formula in g/l
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Peptones 11,000
Mannitol 10,000
Formula in g/l Sodium chloride 10,000
Peptones 20,4 Phenol red 0,025
Glucose 5,0 Agar 15,000
Sodium chloride 5,0
Sodium azide 0,2 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Quality Control:
protected from light at room temperature. Positive control: Bacillus cereus
Negative control: Bacillus subtilis, Escherichia coli
Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis References: Mossel et al. (1967). Appl. Microbiol. 15: 650.
Negative control: Escherichia coli
References: G reenberg et al. (1985) APHA, Standard Methods for

the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th ed.
18
BACTEROIDES BILE ESCULIN AGAR BAIRD-PARKER AGAR BASE, PH EUR
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of B. A selective and differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of Staphylococcus
fragilis group. aureus according to PH EUR (Agar Medium O).
Code Number: BBE20500, BBE25000 Code Number: BPA20500, BPA25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 62 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 60 g in 950 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically 50 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Tellurite Emulsion (EYT80050). Mix well before
Formula in g/l pouring.
Anaerobe Isolation Agar 45,4
Bacteriological bile 15,0 Formula in g/l
Ferric citrate 0,5 Casein peptone 10
Esculin 1,0 Beef extract 5
Gentamicin 0,1 Yeast extract 1
Sodium pyruvate 10
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Lithium chloride 5
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Glycine 12
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Agar 17
Quality Control: Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Clostridium perfringens from light at 2-8 °C.
References: Livingston et al. (1978) J. Clin. Microbiol. 7: 448. Quality Control:

Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus
Negative control: Staphylococcus epidermidis, Escherichia coli

References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
BAGG BROTH BASE
A selective medium for the cultivation of faecal streptococci.

BAIRD-PARKER BROTH base
Code Number: BAG20500, BAG25000
Colour: Beige A selective and differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of Staphylococcus
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder aureus.
Code Number: BBR20500, BBR25000
Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Glycerol Supplement Colour: Yellowish
(GLC80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into final Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction: Suspend 43 g in 950 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml
of Sterile Egg Yolk Tellurite Emulsion (EYT80050). Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile final
Formula in g/l containers.
Peptones 20,000
Glucose 5,000 Formula in g/l
Sodium chloride 5,000 Peptone 16
Sodium azide 0,500 Sodium pyruvate 10
Bromocresol purple 0,015 Lithium chloride 5
Buffers 5,500 Glycine 12
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at room temperature. protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control: Quality Control:

Positive control: Streptococcus faecalis Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus
Negative control: Escherichia coli Negative control: Escherichia coli
References: Hajna (1951) Public Health Lab. 9: 80. References: Baird-Parker (1962) J. Appl. Bact. 25: 12.
19
BAT AGAR Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
A selective medium for the detection of Alicyclobacillus spp. protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Code Number: BTA20500, BTA25000 Quality Control:

Colour: Yellowish Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes
References: Swan (1954) J. Clin. Pathol. 7: 160.
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. If it is
necessary to adjust the pH 4 (approx.) cool to 50 °C and add 1 n sulphuric acid (approx: 1,7
ml) to the agar.
BILE ESCULIN AZIDE AGAR
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. A selective and differential medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. enterococci and Group D streptococci.
Once acidified with sulphuric acid, the medium should not be re-heated.
Code Number: BES20500, BES25000
Formula in g/l Colour: Yellowish
Peptones 2,000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Glucose 5,000 pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
Calcium chloride 0,250 Direction: Suspend 55 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Ammonium sulphate 0,200 until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
Mixture of minerals 0,001
Buffers 3,000 Warning!
Agar 18,000 The medium is heat sensitive.
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Formula in g/l
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Peptones 25,30
Bacteriological bile 10,00
Quality Control: Sodium chloride 5,00
Positive control: Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris Ferric citrate 0,50
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus Sodium azide 0,15
Esculin 1,00
References: F irst Standard IFU-Method on the Detection of Alicyclobacillus in Fruit Agar 13,00
Juices. April 2003.
BILE ESCULIN AGAR
Quality Control:
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
enterococci and Group D streptococci. Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes
Code Number: BEA20500, BEA25000 References: Swan (1954) J. Clin. Pathol. 7: 160.
Colour: Yellowish
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 8,5
Ferric citrate 0,5
Esculin 1,0
Agar 15,0
20
BILE ESCULIN AZIDE BROTH BISMUTH SULPHITE AGAR Base
A selective and differential medium for the differentiation of enterococci and Group D A strongly selective medium for the isolation of salmonellae including Salmonella typhi.
streptococci.
Code Number: BSA20500, BSA25000
Code Number: BIB20500, BIB25000 Colour: Yellowish
Colour: Yellowish Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 30 g in 800 ml of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation until the
Direction: Suspend 43 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool down and add
completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. aseptically 200 ml of Bismuth Sulphite Indicator (BSI81000). Mix well before pouring.
Warning! Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. – Before use warm up the indicator to room temperature carefully. The crystals precipitaded
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. during chilled storage must be redissolved com-pletely. Several refrigeration – warm up
process can not cause any demage.
Formula in g/l – To ensure homogeneity shake well the indicator before use.
Peptones 25,25 – The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation.
Sodium chloride 5,00 Formula for one litre of the complete medium
Sodium citrate 1,00 Peptones 14,700
Ferric citrate 0,50 Glucose 5,000
Sodium azide 0,25 Ferrous sulphate 0,300
Esculin 1,00 Bismuth sulphite indicator 6,000
Brilliant green 0,016
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Buffers 5,000
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Agar 15,000
Quality Control: temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli
Quality Control:
References: Isenberg et al. (1970) Appl. Microbiol. 20: 433. Positive control: Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium
Negative control: Proteus mirabilis, Escherichia coli
References: Wilson and Blair (1972) J. Hyg. Camb. 26: 374.

BILE ESCULIN BROTH
A selective and differential medium for the differentiation of enterococci and Group D
streptococci. BLOOD AGAR BASE
Code Number: BEB20500, BEB25000 A multi-purpose, non-selective medium for the cultivation of non-fastidious and fastidious
Colour: Yellowish micro-organisms.
pH before autoclaving: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C Code Number: BAN20500, BAN25000
Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 43 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
Peptones 25,5 add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring.
Sodium chloride 5,0 Formula in g/l
Sodium citrate 1,0 Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 22
Ferric citrate 0,5 Sodium chloride 5
Esculin 1,0 Agar 13

Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Enterococcus faecalis
Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli
References: APHA (1972) Comp. of Meth. for the Micr. Examin. of Foods, 3rd ed.
References: Isenberg et al. (1970) Appl. Microbiol. 20: 433.
21
BLOOD AGAR BASE No.2 BLUE BROTH
A modified blood agar possessing enhanced nutritional properties for the cultivation of A differential medium for the differentiation of lactose-positive micro-organisms from
fastidious and other micro-organisms. lactose-negative ones.
Code Number: BAL20500, BAL25000 Code Number: BLB20500, BLB25000

Colour: Beige Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 42 g in 950 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until Direction: Suspend 38 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring. minutes.

Nutrient substrate (peptones, liver and other extracts) 24 Peptones 10,00
Sodium chloride 5 Lactose 20,00
Agar 13 Sodium chloride 4,00
Potassium sulphate 2,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Ammonium sulphate 1,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Magnesium sulphate 0,50
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Bromothymol blue 0,04
Buffers 0,50
Quality Control:
Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Enterococcus faecalis Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: FDA Bacteriological Analytical Manual (1992) 7th ed. protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Lactose positive control: Escherichia coli
Lactose negative control: Proteus mirabilis
BLUE AGAR BOLTON BROTH BASE
A differential medium for the differentiation of lactose-positive micro-organisms from A selective medium for the selective enrichment of campylobacters.
lactose-negative ones.
Code Number: BOB20500, BOB25000
Code Number: BLU20500, BLU25000 Colour: Yellowish
Colour: Beige Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Direction: Suspend 14 g in 470 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Direction: Suspend 48 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the contents of one vial of Campylobacter
Selective Supplement, Bolton (CBS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water.
Formula in g/l Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Peptones 20,000
Lactose 10,000 Formula in g/l
Sodium chloride 5,000 Peptones 21,00
Bromothymol blue 0,045 Sodium chloride 5,00
Agar 13,000 Sodium metabisulphite 0,50
Sodium pyruvate 0,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room α-ketoglutaric acid 1,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Haemin 0,01
Lactose positive control: Escherichia coli protected from light at room temperature.
Lactose negative control: Proteus mirabilis
Quality Control:
Positive control: Campylobacter jejuni
References: FDA (1988) Bacteriological Analytical Manual, 8th ed.
22
RENEWed
product BRAIN HEART INFUSION AGAR BRILLIANT GREEN AGAR BASE, MODIFIED
A highly nutritious medium for the cultivation of fastidious micro-organisms. A selective and differential medium for the isolation of salmonellae other than S. typhi.
Code Number: BHA20500, BHA25000 Code Number: BGM20500, BGM25000

pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Final pH: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation Direction: Suspend 26,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Cool quickly to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one
vial of Sulphamandelate Selective Supplement (SUS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of
Direction for Vancomycin Screen Agar: Suspend 25 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Vancomycin (3 mg) Supplement Warning!
(VSS80004-03) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. The medium is heat sensitive.
FORMULA in g/l
Nutrient substrate Formula in g/l
(brain + heart infusion, peptones) 27,5 Peptones 17,0000
Glucose 2,0 Lactose 10,0000
Sodium chloride 5,0 Sucrose 10,0000
Buffers 2,5 Phenol red 0,0800
Agar 13,0 Brilliant green 0,0047
Buffers 1,6000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Agar 14,4000
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected
Quality Control: from light at room temperature at 2-8 °C.
Positive control: Streptococcus pneumoniae
Quality Control:
Vancomycin Screen Agar: Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis ATCC51299 Negative control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis,
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis ATCC29212
References: Edel and Kampelmacher (1968) Bull. Wld. Hlth. Org. 39: 487.
References: Lenette at al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 4th ed.
BRAIN HEART INFUSION BROTH BRILLIANT GREEN (BPLS) AGAR, PH EUR
A highly nutritious medium for the cultivation of fastidious micro-organisms. A selective and differential medium for the isolation of salmonellae other than S. typhi
according to PH EUR (Agar Medium L – Brilliant Green Phenol Red Lactose Sucrose Agar).
Code Number: BHI20500, BHI25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: BPE20500, BPE25000
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Colour: Pinkish
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Final pH: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Direction: Suspend 58 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Cool quickly and pour into Petri-dishes immediately!

Nutrient substrate (brain + heart infusion, peptones) 27,5 The medium is heat sensitive.
Glucose 2,0 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Sodium chloride 5,0
Buffers 2,5 Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,0000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Yeast extract 3,0000
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Lactose monohydrate 10,0000
protected from light at room temperature. Sucrose 10,0000
Quality Control: Phenol red 0,0800
Positive control: Streptococcus pneumoniae Brilliant green 0,0125
Agar 20,0000
References: Rosenow (1919) J. Dental Research 205.
23
protected from light at 2-8 °C. protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Escherichia coli, Enterobacter aerogenes
Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis
References: APHA (1986) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,
References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6 15th ed.
BRILLIANT GREEN AGAR BASE, HUMAN BROLAC AGAR
A selective medium for the isolation of salmonellae including Salmonella typhi from clinical A differential medium for the differentiation of lactose-positive micro-organisms from
specimens. lactose-negative ones.
Code Number: BGH20500, BGH25000 Code Number: BRO20500, BRO25000

Colour: Pinkish Colour: Beige
Final pH: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 21,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Brilliant Green Solution, Sterile (BGS80030). Mix well before
pouring. Formula in g/l
Peptones 7,00
Formula in g/l Lactose 15,00
Lactose 10,000 Bromothymol blue 0,04
Sucrose 1,000 Agar 13,00
Glucose 0,500
Acid fuchsin 0,080 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Agar 15,000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Lactose positive control: Escherichia coli
Lactose negative control: Salmonella typhimurium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Salmonella typhi
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis
BROMOCRESOL PURPLE AZIDE BROTH
BRILLIANT GREEN BILE (2%) BROTH A selective medium for the confirmation of the presence of enterococci.
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform micro-organisms. Code Number: BCB20500, BCB25000
Colour: Beige
Code Number: BBB20500, BBB25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Colour: Greenish pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Glycerol Supplement
(GLC80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into
Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C
for 15 minutes. Cool quickly! Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive.
Warning! No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Formula in g/l
Peptones 20,000
Formula in g/l Glucose 5,000
Bacteriological bile 20,0000 Sodium azide 0,500
Lactose 10,0000 Bromocresol purple 0,032
Brilliant green 0,0133 Buffers 5,500
24
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Lactose positive control: Escherichia coli
protected from light at room temperature. Lactose negative control: Salmonella typhimurium
Quality Control: References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 4th ed.
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
References: Hajna and Perry (1943) Am. J. Publ. Health. 3: 550. BRUCELLA AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the isolation of Brucella spp.
BROMOCRESOL PURPLE GLUCOSE AGAR Code Number: BAB20500, BAB25000

Colour: Yellowish
A glucose containing differential medium for the differentiation and enumeration of Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Enterobacteriaceae. pH before autoclaving: 7,5 (approx.) at 25 °C
Code Number: BPD20500, BPD25000 Direction: Suspend 22,5 g in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Colour: Beige until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Add aseptically 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of methanol and sterile distilled water to one vial of
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Brucella Selective Supplement (BAS80004) to form suspension. Incubate for 15 minutes at
37 °C. Shake well and add immediately to the agar base together with 35 ml of sterile
Direction: Suspend 41,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation inactivated (i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30 minutes) horse serum. Mix well before pouring.
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Peptones 15
Peptones 11,500 Glucose 10
Glucose 10,000 Sodium chloride 5
Sodium chloride 5,000 Agar 15
Bromocresol purple 0,015
Agar 15,000 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room protected from light at 2-8 °C.
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Quality Control:
Positive control: Brucella abortus
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli References: Farell and Robinson (1972) J. Appl. Bact. 35: 625.
References: ISO 21528-2: 2004
BRUCELLA BROTH
BROMOCRESOL PURPLE LACTOSE AGAR A non-selective medium for the cultivation of Brucella spp.
A lactose containing differential medium for the isolation of coliforms. Code Number: BRB20500, BRB25000
Colour: Yellowish
Code Number: BPL20500, BPL25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Colour: Beige pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 28 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Direction: Suspend 41,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Peptones 22,0
Peptones 11,500 Glucose 1,0
Lactose 10,000 Sodium chloride 5,0
Sodium chloride 5,000 Sodium sulphite 0,1
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room protected from light at room temperature.
Positive control: Brucella abortus
References: Alton and Jones (1968) La brucellose, technique de laboratoire Genéve: OMS
25
BRYANT-BURKEY BROTH Quality Control:

Positive control: Campylobacter jejuni
A selective medium for the cultivation of lactate fermenting Clostridia spp. Negative control: Escherichia coli
Code Number: BBA20500-M References: Bolton and Robertson (1982) J. Clin. Pathol. 35: 462.
Packaging: 300 g broth base + 200 g supplement
Appearance – broth base: Yellowish, homogeneous, hygroscopic powder
Appearance – supplement: White powder
pH after autoclaving: 5,9 (approx.) at 25 °C CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR BASE, KARMALI
Direction: Suspend 19 g of supplement in one litre of distilled water and sterilise by A selective blood-free medium for the isolation of campylobacters.
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to room temperature and filter the precipitate.
Suspend 28 g of broth base in the filtrate and fill up the solution with distilled water to one Code Number: CAK20500, CAK25000
litre. Adjust the pH to 6,0 ± 0,1. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 Colour: Black
°C for 15 minutes. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Warning!
As the best result is expected in case of the freshly prepared lactate, Direction: Suspend 23 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
carry out the two steps above successively. the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically the contents of one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Karmali
Formula of ready medium in g/l (CPK80004), reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Peptones 27,5000
Sodium lactate 5,0000 Formula in g/l
Sodium acetate 5,0000 Columbia Blood Agar Base 42,000
L-Cysteine 0,5000 Charcoal 4,000
Resazurin 0,0025 Hemin 0,032
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but the best solution is to use it freshly. protected from light at 2-8 °C.

Positive control: Clostridium perfringens Positive control: Campylobacter jejuni
References: Bryant and Burkey (1953) J. Dairy Science 23: 30.
References: Karmali at al. (1986) J. Clin. Microbiol. 23: 456.
CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR BASE CAMPYLOBACTER BLOOD-FREE (CCDA) AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the isolation of campylobacters. A selective blood-free medium for the isolation of campylobacters.
Code Number: CAA20500, CAA25000 Code Number: CCA20500, CCA25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Black
Direction: Suspend 19 g in 470 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until Direction: Suspend 24 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the contents of one vial of add aseptically the contents of one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, CCDA
Campylobacter Growth Supplement (CGS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled (CCS80004), reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
water and one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Skirrow (CSS80004)
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water, or one vial of Campylobacter Selective Formula in g/l
Supplement, Preston (CPS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of acetone and Peptones 24,50
sterile distilled water, or one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Blaser-Wang Sodium chloride 5,00
(CBW80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Sodium deoxycholate 1,00
Formula in g/l Sodium pyruvate 0,25
Peptones 20 Charcoal 4,00
Sodium chloride 5 Agar 13,00
Agar 13
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from light at 2-8 °C.
26

Positive control: Campylobacter jejuni Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
References: Bolton et al. (1984) J. Clin. Microbiol. 19: 169. References: Burkwall and Hartman (1964) Appl. Microbiol. 12: 18.
CASEIN PEPTONE LECITHIN POLYSORBATE BROTH BASE, USP CETRIMIDE AGAR BASE, PH EUR - USP
An inactivating solution for diluting samples when determining microbial count. A selective medium for isolation and identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa according to
PH EUR (Agar Medium N - Harmonised).
Code Number: CLP20500, CLP25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: CAB20500, CAB25000
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 25 g in 960 ml of distilled water. Add 40 ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement
(TWS80500). Mix well and keep the suspension at about 50 °C until the lecithin dissolved Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Glycerol Supplement
completely (20-30 min). The ready broth is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt from any (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
precipitate. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Casein peptone 20 Gelatin peptone 20,0
Lecithin 5 Potassium sulphate 10,0
Magnesium chloride 1,4
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Cetrimide 0,3
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus protected from light at 2-8 °C.

References: United States Pharmacopoeia XXIII. (1995) Quality Control:

CATC AGAR BASE References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
A selective medium for the detection of enterococci.
Code Number: CAT20500, CAT25000 CETRIMIDE (CN) AGAR BASE

Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder A selective medium for isolation and identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
Code Number: CCN20500, CCN25000
Direction: Suspend 28,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Colour: Yellowish
until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 10 drops (0,5 ml) of TTC Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Solution, Sterile (TTC80030). Mix well before pouring. pH before autoclaving: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C
Warning! Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Glycerol Supplement
The medium is heat sensitive. (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 20,6 Potassium sulphate 10,000
Sodium citrate 15,0 Magnesium chloride 1,400
Sodium carbonate 2,0 Cetrimide 0,200
Sodium azide 0,4 Nalidixic acid 0,015
TWEEN 80 1,0 Agar 13,000
Buffers 5,0
27
Direction for Haemophilus agar: Suspend 26 g in 460 ml of distilled water and heat
Quality Control:
with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 35 ml sterile defibrinated blood and
‘chocolate’ by heating at 80 °C for 10 min. Cool to 50 °C. Dissolve the content of one vial of
Growth Factor Mixture Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile distilled water and add
References: Lowbury and Collins (1955) J. Clin. Pathol. 8: 47.
aseptically to the Growth Factor Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and add aseptically to the
medium. Mix well before pouring.
RENEWed Formula in g/l

product CETRIMIDE (CN) AGAR BASE No.2 Peptones 20,000
Starch soluble 10,000
A selective medium for isolation and identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Sodium chloride 5,000
Charcoal 4,000
Code Number: CCT20500, CCT25000 Nicotinic acid 0,001
Colour: Yellowish Agar 13,000
pH before autoclaving: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Direction for Cetrimide (CN) Agar No.2: Suspend 25 g in 500 ml of distilled water. Add protected from light at 2-8 °C.
5 ml of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add Quality Control:
aseptically the content of one vial of Pseudomonas Selective Supplement, CN (PCN80004) Selective media:
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Positive control: Bordetella pertussis
Negative control: Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus
Direction for Cetrimide (CFC) Agar No.2: Suspend 25 g in 500 ml of distilled water. Add
Chocolate media:
5 ml of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the
Positive control: Haemophilus influenzae
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
aseptically the content of one vial of Pseudomonas Selective Supplement, CFC (CFC80004)
References: Proom (1955) J. Gen. Microbiol. 12: 63.
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 25,6 CHINA BLUE LACTOSE AGAR
Potassium sulphate 10,0 A differential medium for the differentiation of lactose-positive micro-organisms from
Agar 13,0 lactose-negative ones and for enumeration of bacteria.
Code Number: CBA20500, CBA25000

Colour: Beige
Quality Control: Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
References: Lowbury and Collins (1955) J. Clin. Pathol. 8: 47. Peptones 8,600
Lactose 10,000
China blue 0,375
CHARCOAL AGAR BASE Agar 12,000
A medium base for the cultivation and isolation of Bordetella pertussis and Haemophilus Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
influenzae. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Code Number: CHA20500, CHA25000
Colour: Black Quality Control:
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Lactose positive control: Escherichia coli
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Lactose negative control: Proteus mirabilis
Direction for Bordetella agar: Suspend 26 g in 450 ml of distilled water and heat with References: Brandl and Sobeck-Skal (1963) Milchwiss. Ber. 13: 1.
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood and the
content of one vial of Bordetella Selective Supplement (BSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml
of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
28
CHLORAMPHENICOL GLUCOSE AGAR ChromoBio® CANDIDA
A selective medium for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds. A selective and differential chromogenic medium for isolation and differentiation of major
clinical-significant Candida spp.
Code Number: CGA20500, CGA25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: CAN20500, CAN25000
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Direction: Suspend 48 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Yeast extract 5,0 Warning!
Glucose 20,0 The medium is heat sensitive.
Chloramphenicol 0,2 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Agar 14,8
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Formula in g/l
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Peptones 10,5
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Glucose 20,0
Chromogenic substrate 2,0
Quality Control: Chloramphenicol 0,5
Positive control: Candida albicans Agar 15,0
Negative control: Escherichia coli Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: ISO 7954: 2001 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida krusei
CHOCOLATE AGAR BASE

NEW product ChromoBio® CEREUS BASE
A highly nutritious medium for the isolation and cultivation of fastidious micro-organisms,
especially Neisseria and Haemophilus spp. A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the detection of Bacillus cereus.
Code Number: CHO20500, CHO25000 Code Number: CER20500, CER25000

Direction: Suspend 16,5 g in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the Direction: Suspend 16,5 g in 450 ml of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. In the
35 ml of sterile defibrinated blood and ‘chocolate’ by heating at 80 °C for 10 minutes. Cool to 50 °C. meantime add 50 ml of sterile distilled water to one bottle of Cereus Supplement
Dissolve the contents of one vial of Growth Factor Mixture Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile distilled (CES80050). Mix well and soak the suspension about one hour – repeating the mixing a few
water and add aseptically to the Growth Factor Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and add aseptically to times - until the lecitin dissolves completely. The ready supplement is homogeneous turbid,
the medium. Mix well before pouring. but exempt from any precipitate. Cool to 50 °C the agar base and add aseptically the
supplement. Mix well before pouring. To ensure the complete homogeneity repeat the
Formula in g/l mixing a few times during the pouring again.
Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 13
Sodium chloride 5 FORMULA in g/l
Buffers 1 Peptones 18
Agar 14 Chromogenic substrate 2
Agar 13
protected from light at 2-8 °C. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Haemophilus influenzae Quality Control:
Positive control: Bacillus cereus
References: C arpenter and Morton (1947) Proc. N. Y. State Assoc. Public Health Labs. 27: 58. Negative control: Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Enterococcus faecalis
29
ChromoBio® COLIFORM Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the simultaneous detection of protected from light at 2-8 °C.
coliforms and Escherichia coli.
Quality Control:
Code Number: COF20500, COF25000 Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
Colour: Yellowish Negative control: Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus
ChromoBio® ENTEROCOCCUS BROTH
until the medium boils well. Sterilise at 100 °C (in water bath or flowing steam) for 30 A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the selective enrichment of
minutes. enterococci.
Warning! Code Number: CEB20500, CEB25000

The medium is heat sensitive. Colour: Yellowish
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Formula in g/l
Peptones 3,50 Direction: Suspend 20 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Sorbitol 1,00 medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for
Sodium chloride 5,00 15 minutes.
Tryptophane 1,00 Warning!
Chromogenic substrate 0,40 The medium is heat sensitive.
Tergitol 7 0,15 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Buffers 4,90
Agar 13,00 Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,0
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium chloride 6,4
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Sodium azide 0,6
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Chromogenic substrate 3,0
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Negative control: Salmonella enteritidis, Enterococcus faecalis protected from light at room temperature.
References: Manafi and Kneifel (1989) Zentralbl. Hyg. 189: 225. Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterococcus faecali
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus
ChromoBio® ENTEROCOCCUS AGAR
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the enumeration of enterococci.
Code Number: CEA20500, CEA25000

Colour: Yellowish
Warning!
Formula in g/l
Peptones 20
Chromogenic substrate 3
TWEEN 80 1
Buffers 5
Agar 13
30
RENEWed
product ChromoBio® LISTERIA BASE Warning!
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the cultivation, differentiation and No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
isolation of Listeria monocytogenes according to ISO 11290-1.
FORMULA FOR ONE LITRE OF THE COMPLETE MEDIUM
Code Number: ALO20500, ALO25000 Peptones 34,00 g
Colour: Yellowish Special carbohydrate mixture 2,00 g
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Lithium chloride 10,00 g
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Sodium chloride 5,00 g
Sodium pyruvate 2,00 g
Direction: Suspend 35 g in 400 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until Magnesium glycerophosphate 1,00 g
the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 100 ml of Listeria Supplement Magnesium sulphate 0,50 g
(LDS80100). Mix well before pouring. L-α-Phosphatidylinositol 2,00 g
Chromogenic substrate 0,05 g
Warning! Nalidixic acid 0,02 g
The medium is heat sensitive. Ceftazidime 0,02 g
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Amphotericin B 0,01 g
Polymyxin B 76.700 U
FORMULA FOR ONE LITRE OF THE COMPLETE MEDIUM Bromocresol purple 0,05 g
Enzymatic digest of animal tis-sue 18,00 g Buffers 2,50 g
Enzymatic digest of casein 6,00 g Agar 13,00 g
Yeast extract 10,00 g
Glucose 2,00 g Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Lithium chloride 10,00 g temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Sodium chloride 5,00 g protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Sodium pyruvate 2,00 g
Magnesium glycerophosphate 1,00 g Quality Control:
Magnesium sulphate 0,50 g Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes
L-α-Phosphatidylinositol 2,00 g Negative control: Listeria ivanovii, Listeria innocua, Escherichia coli
Chromogenic substrate 0,05 g
Nalidixic acid 0,02 g References: Ottaviani at al. (1997) Quinper Froid Symposium Proceedings, P6 A.D.R.I.A.
Ceftazidime 0,02 g Quinper (F) 16 – 18 June
Amphotericin B 0,01 g
Polymyxin B 76.700 U
Disodium hydrogen phosphate 2,50 g
Agar 12,00 g ChromoBio® LMX
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room A selective and differential chromo- and fluorogenic medium for the detection of coliforms
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium and differentiation of E. coli from other coliforms.
Code Number: LMX20500, LMX25000
Quality Control: Colour: Yellowish
Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Negative control: Listeria innocua, Escherichia coli pH before autoclaving: 6,8 (approx.) at 25 °C

References: Ottaviani at al. (1997) Quinper Froid Symposium Proceedings, P6 A.D.R.I.A. Direction: Suspend 17 g in one litre of distilled water for single strength broth or 34 g for
Quinper (F) ISO 11290-1: 2004 double strength broth and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into
test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
RENEWed Formula in g/l

product ChromoBio® LISTERIA PLUS BASE Peptones 5,00
Sorbitol 1,00
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the cultivation, differentiation and Sodium chloride 5,00
isolation of Listeria monocytogenes. Listeria ivanovii can also be differentiated from Listeria Tryptophan 1,00
monocytogenes on this medium. Fluorogen and chromogen substrate 0,23
Sodium lauryl sulphate 0,10
Code Number: LCA20500, LCA25000 Buffers 4,70
Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 100 ml of Listeria Supplement Quality Control:
(LDS80100). Mix well before pouring. Positive control: Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, Salmonella enteritidis
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
References: Manafi and Kneifel (1989) Zentralbl. Hyg. 189: 225.
31
ChromoBio® M-CP Base Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the enumeration of Clostridium protected from light at 2-8 °C.
perfringens.
Quality Control:
Code Number: MCP20500, MCP25000 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Enterobacter aerogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Colour: Beige Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
RENEWed
Direction for 100 ml of Agar: Suspend 7,1 g in 100 ml of distilled water and heat with product ChromoBio® SALMONELLA BASE
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the
contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-01) and one vial of A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the detection of salmonellae.
M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-01) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled
water. Mix well before pouring. Code Number: SAL20500, SAL25000
Colour: Yellowish
Direction for 500 ml of Agar: Suspend 35,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-02) and one vial of
M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-02) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled Direction: Suspend 21,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
water. Mix well before pouring. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Salmonella Selective Supplement (SSS80004)
Warning! reconstituted with 4 ml sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. FORMULA in g/l
Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 10
Formula in g/l Chromogenic substrate 20
Peptones 50,00 Agar 13
Sucrose 5,00
L-Cysteine 1,00 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Chromogenic subsrate 0,06 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Agar 14,90 Quality Control:
Positive control: Salmonella typhimurium
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Negative control: Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterococcus faecalis
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than 2 or 3 days.
Quality Control: NEW product ChromoBio® SALMONELLA PLUS BASE

Positive control: Clostridium perfringens
Negative control: Escherichia coli A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the detection of salmonellae.
Comparing with ChromoBio® Salmonella Base the medium has increased selectivity
References: ISO 6461-1: 1986 (especially inhibits the E. coli efficiently).
ISO 6461-2: 1986
Code Number: SAP20500, SAP25000
Colour: Yellowish
NEW product ChromoBio® MLGA pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the differentiation and enumeration Direction: Suspend 22,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
of E. coli and other coliforms. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Salmonella Plus Selective Supplement
Code Number: MLG20500, MLG25000 (SSP80004) reconstituted with 4 ml sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder FORMULA in g/l
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 10
Chromogenic mix 22
Direction: Suspend 88 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation Agar 13
FORMULA in g/l temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Peptones 46,0 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Lactose 30,0
Sodium lauryl sulphate 1,0 Quality Control:
Sodium pyruvate 0,5 Positive control: Salmonella typhimurium
Chromogenic substrate 0,3 Negative control: Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Proteus mirabilis,
Phenol red 0,2 Enterococcus faecalis
Agar 10,0
32
ChromoBio® TBX Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 3 ml of Tween 80 Supplement
(TWS80100) and 5 ml of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100). Mix well and keep the
A selective and differential chromogenic medium for the detection and enumeration of E. coli. suspension at about 50 °C until the lecithin dissolved completely (20-30 min). The ready
medium is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt from any precipitate. Heat again with
Code Number: TBX20500, TBX25000 frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise
Colour: Yellowish by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Formula in g/l
Peptones 23,700
Direction: Suspend 37 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Glucose 6,000
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Sodium chloride 2,500
Formula in g/l Sodium thioglycollate 0,500
Peptones 20,500 Sodium dithionite 0,400
Bile salts 1,500 Mg(II), Ca(II), Co(II), Cu(II), Fe(III), Zn(II) and Mn(II) salts 0,410
Chromogenic substrate 0,075 L-Asparagine 1,250
Agar 15,000 L-Cystine 0,500
Lecithin 1,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Resazurin 0,001
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Buffers 2,000
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Agar 0,750
Positive control: Escherichia coli temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis, Proteus mirabilis protected from light at room temperature.
References: Frampton et al. (1988) J. Food Protection 51: 402. Quality Control:
Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus, Clostridium perfringens
References: Clausen (1956) Acta path. microbiol. scand. 38: 107.

ChromoBio® URINE
A differential chromogenic medium for the simultaneous detection of all the main micro-
organisms that cause urinary tract infections. CLED AGAR
Code Number: URN20500, URN25000 A differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of micro-organisms from urine.
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: CLA20500, CLA25000
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 47 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
Formula in g/l until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Peptones 26
Chromogenic substrate 6 Formula in g/l
Agar 15 Peptones 11,900
Lactose 10,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room L-Cystine 0,128
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Bromothymol blue 0,020
Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis, Staphylococcus aureus protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis
CLAUSEN MEDIUM BASE
References: Mackey et al. (1966) Br. Med. J. 1: 1173.
A non-selective medium for sterility testing of sterile pharmaceutical preparations. The medium has
better growth conditions than thioglycollate and also inactivates a large number of preservatives
found in pharmaceutical products.
Code Number: CLB20500, CLB25000

Colour: Yellowish
33
CLED AGAR WITH ANDRADE INDICATOR CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE (CCFA) AGAR BASE
A differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of micro-organisms from urine. The A selective medium for the isolation of Clostridium difficile.
double indicator enhances the differentiation of colony characteristics.
Code Number: CCF20500, CCF25000
Code Number: CLD20500, CLD25000 Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 34,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
Direction: Suspend 37 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. add aseptically the contents of one vial of Clostridium Selective Supplement (CDS80004)
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Because of
Formula in g/l sensitivity of some strains of Clostridium difficile, the amount of cycloserine and cefoxitin is
Peptones 11,800 reduced. If you want to compensate the reduction in selectivity, treat the specimen with
Lactose 10,000 alcohol before inoculation.
L-Cystine 0,128
Formula in g/l
Andrade indicator 0,100
Peptones 35,00
Bromothymol blue 0,020
Fructose 6,00
Agar 15,000
Neutral red 0,03
Buffers 5,80
Agar 20,00
Quality Control:
Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected
References: Bevis (1968) J. Med. Lab. Tech. 25: 38. from light at 2-8 °C, no longer than 5 days.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Clostridium difficile
CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE AGAR BASE Negative control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
A selective medium for the isolation of Clostridium difficile. References: George et al. (1976) J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 214.
Code Number: CDA20500, CDA25000

Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder COLUMBIA BLOOD AGAR BASE
A multi-purpose, non-selective medium for the cultivation of non-fastidious and fastidious
Direction: Suspend 34,5 g in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the micro-organisms.
aseptically 35 ml of sterile defibrinated blood and the contents of one vial of Clostridium Selective Code Number: COL20500, COL25000
Supplement (CDS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Colour: Yellowish
Because of the sensitivity of some Clostridium difficile strains, the amount of cycloserine and Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
cefoxitin is reduced. If you want to compensate the reduction in selectivity, treat the specimen with pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
alcohol before inoculation.
Formula in g/l the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
Peptones 40,0 add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring.
Fructose 6,0
Magnesium sulphate 0,1 Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 23
Buffers 5,9 Starch soluble 1
Agar 15,0 Sodium chloride 5
Agar 13
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
from light at 2-8 °C, no longer than 5 days. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Clostridium difficile Quality Control:
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Enterococcus faecalis
References: George et al. (1976) J. Clin. Microbiol. 9: 214. References: Ellner et al. (1966) Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 45: 502.
34
COLUMBIA AGAR, PH EUR - USP CZAPEK-DOX AGAR
A multi-purpose, non-selective medium for the cultivation of non-fastidious and fastidious A selective medium for the cultivation of fungi and soil bacteria.
micro-organisms according to PH EUR (Agar Medium Q - Harmonised).
Code Number: CZA20500, CZA25000
Code Number: CLE20500, CLE25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 48 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
Direction: Suspend 42 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. If it is necessary to adjust
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. the pH 3,5 (approx.), cool to 50 °C and add aseptically Lactic Acid Solution (LAS80100) to the
medium in the necessary quantity (approx. 10 ml). Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Casein peptone 10 Warning!
Meat peptone 5 Once acidified with lactic acid, the medium should not be re-heated.
Heart infusion 3
Yeast extract 5 Formula in g/l
Starch soluble 1 Sucrose 30,00
Sodium chloride 5 Sodium nitrate 3,00
Agar 13 Magnesium sulphate 0,50
Potassium chloride 0,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Ferrous sulphate 0,01
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Aspergillus niger
COLUMBIA CNA AGAR BASE
References: APHA (1992) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,
A selective medium for the isolation and differentiation of Gram-positive micro-organisms. 18th ed.
Code Number: CNA20500, CNA25000

Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder CZAPEK YEAST EXTRACT AGAR
A selective medium for the cultivation of fungi and soil bacteria.
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and Code Number: CYA20500, CYA25000
add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring. Colour: Yellowish
Warning! Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
The medium is heat sensitive. pH before autoclaving: 6,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
Starch soluble 1,00 Formula in g/l
Sodium chloride 5,00 Yeast extract 5,000
Nalidixic acid 0,01 Sucrose 30,000
Colistin 0,01 Sodium nitrate 3,000
Agar 13,00 Magnesium sulphate 0,500
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Ferrous sulphate 0,010
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Zinc sulphate 0,010
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Copper sulphate 0,005
Buffers 1,500
Quality Control: Agar 14,500
Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis
Negative control: Proteus mirabilis Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: Ellner et al. (1966) Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 45: 502. protected from light at 2-8 °C.
35
Quality Control: DEOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR, LEIFSON, MODIFIED

Positive control: Aspergillus niger
Negative control: Escherichia coli A selective and differential medium for the isolation of Gram-negative enteric micro-
organisms. Deoxycholate Citrate Agar, Leifson is less selective than Deoxycholate Citrate
References: Warcup (1950) Nature 166: 117. Agar, Hynes. The medium supplemented with phenylalanine is suitable to distinguish
Salmonella spp. from Proteus spp.
Code Number: DCC20500, DCC25000

DECARBOXYLASE BROTH BASEs Colour: Beige
See: Culture Media for Amino Acid Decompositon Studies (page 13) Final pH: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 66 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring.
DEOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR, HYNES, MODIFIED
Warning!
A selective and differential medium for the isolation of Gram-negative enteric micro-organisms. The medium is heat sensitive.
Deoxycholate Citrate Agar, Hynes is more selective than Deoxycholate Citrate Agar, Leifson. The No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
medium supplemented with phenylalanine is suitable to distinguish Salmonella spp. from Proteus
spp. Formula in g/l
Peptones 26,50
Code Number: DCH20500, DCH25000 Lactose 10,00
Colour: Beige Sodium citrate 5,00
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Sodium thiosulphate 5,00
Final pH: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Sodium deoxycholate 2,50
Ferric citrate 1,00
Direction: Suspend 73 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until L-Phenylalanine 1,00
the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. Neutral red 0,02
Agar 15,00
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 26,50 Quality Control:
Lactose 10,00 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella sonnei,
Sodium citrate 9,00 Proteus mirabilis
Sodium thiosulphate 5,50 Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
Sodium deoxycholate 5,00
Ferric citrate 1,00 References: Leifson (1935) J. Path. Bact. 40: 581.
L-Phenylalanine 1,00
Neutral red 0,02
Agar 15,00
DEOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR, PH EUR
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium A selective and differential medium for the isolation of Gram-negative enteric micro-
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week. organisms according to PH EUR (Agar Medium J).
Quality Control: Code Number: DCE20500, DCE25000

Positive control: E scherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis, Colour: Pinkish
Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Final pH: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
References: Hynes (1942) J. Path. Bact. 54: 193. Direction: Suspend 70 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Warning!
36
Formula in g/l DEXTROSE BROTH

Meat peptone 10,00
Beef extract 10,00 A general purpose enrichment medium is also usable for studying of dextrose fermentation.
Lactose monohydrate 10,00
Sodium citrate 20,00 Code Number: DEB20500, DEB25000
Sodium deoxycholate 5,00 Colour: Yellowish
Ferric citrate 1,00 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Neutral red 0,02 pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
Agar 14,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room medium completely. Dispense into final containers. Durham tubes may be added into the
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from tubes in order to determine gas production. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week. minutes.
Quality Control: Formula in g/l

Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella sonnei, Peptones 10
Proteus mirabilis Glucose 5
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Sodium chloride 5

References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
DEOXYCHOLATE LACTOSE AGAR Quality Control:

Positive control: Escherichia coli, Streptococcus pyogenes
A selective and differential medium for the enumeration and isolation of coliform micro-
organisms.
Code Number: DCL20500, DCL25000

Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder DEXTROSE TRYPTONE AGAR
A differential medium for the detection and enumeration of mesophilic and thermophilic
Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until aerobe micro-organisms.
the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring.
Code Number: DTR20500, DTR25000
Warning! Colour: Beige
The medium is heat sensitive. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. pH before autoclaving: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C
Formula in g/l Direction: Suspend 28 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Peptones 14,500 until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Lactose 10,000
Sodium citrate 2,000 Tryptone 10,00
Sodium deoxycholate 0,500 Glucose 5,00
Neutral red 0,033 Bromocresol purple 0,04
Agar 13,000 Agar 13,00
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week. protected from light at 2-8 °C.

Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis Positive control: Bacillus stearothermophilus
References: APHA (1992) Compendium of Methods for
References: A PHA (1992) Compendium of Methods for the Microbiological Examination of Foods
the Microbiological Examinations of Foods, 3rd ed.
37
DEXTROSE TRYPTONE BROTH DIAGNOSTIC SENSITIVITY TEST AGAR
A differential medium for the detection of mesophilic and thermophilic aerobe micro- A dual purpose medium for the isolation and antimicrobial susceptibility testing of micro-
organisms. organisms.
Code Number: DTB20500, DTB25000 Code Number: DST20500, DST25000

Colour: Beige Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 15 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 41 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Tryptone 10,00 Veal heart extract 10,00000
Bromocresol purple 0,04 Sodium chloride 3,00000
Adenine sulphate 0,01000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Guanine hydrochloride 0,01000
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Uracil 0,01000
protected from light at room temperature. Xanthine 0,01000
Thiamine HCl 0,00003
Quality Control: Buffers 3,00000
Positive control: Bacillus stearothermophilus Agar 13,00000
References: A PHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
the Microbiological Examination of Foods temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Enterococcus faecalis
DG18 AGAR BASE References: Ericsson et al. (1971) Acta Path. Microbiol. Scan. B. Suppl. 217.
A selective medium with low water activity for the enumeration and isolation of yeasts and
moulds, especially the xerophilic moulds.
DIASALM MEDIUM BASE
Code Number: D1820500, D1825000
Colour: Yellowish A semi-solid selective motility medium for the isolation of Salmonella spp.
pH before autoclaving: 5,6 (approx.) at 25 °C Code Number: DIM20500, DIM25000
Colour: Greenish
Direction: Fill up 175 ml of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80500) to one litre with distilled Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
water. Suspend 32 g of dehydrated medium and heat with frequent agitation until the Final pH: 5,5 (approx.) at 25 °C
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well before
pouring. Direction: Fill up 20 ml of DIASALM-MSRV Magnesium Chloride Solution (DSM80500) to 500
ml with distilled water. Suspend 20 g of dehydrated medium and heat with frequent agitation
Formula in g/l until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of
Peptones 5,000 Novobiocin (5 mg) Supplement (DSN80004-05) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water.
Glucose 10,000 Mix well before pouring.
Chloramphenicol 0,100 Warning!
Dichloran 0,002 The medium is heat sensitive.
Buffers 1,000 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Agar 15,400 Formula in g/l
Peptones 27,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sucrose 7,500
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Sodium thiosulphate 0,800
Ferrous ammonium sulphate 0,200
Quality Control: Bromocresol purple 0,080
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae Malachite green 0,037
Negative control: Escherichia coli Buffers 1,200
Agar 2,700
References: Hocking and Pitt (1980) J. Appl. Envir. Micr. 39: 488.
38
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than 2 or 3 days. Negative control: Staphylococcus epidermidis
Quality Control: References: Jeffries et al. (1957) J. Bact. 73: 590.

Negative control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
References: V an der Zee and Van Netten (1992) Proc. Symp. ‘Salmonella and DNASE AGAR WITH METHYL GREEN
Salmonellosis’. Ploufragan: 69.
A differential medium for the detection of deoxyribonuclease activity of micro-organisms.
DNASE AGAR Code Number: DNG20500, DNG25000

Colour: Greenish
A differential medium for the detection of deoxyribonuclease activity of micro-organisms. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Code Number: DNA20500, DNA25000
Colour: Yellowish Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Tryptose 20,00
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Sodium chloride 5,00
Deoxyribonucleic acid 2,00
Formula in g/l
Methyl green 0,05
Tryptose 20
Agar 13,00
Sodium chloride 5
Deoxyribonucleic acid 2
Agar 13
Quality Control: Negative control: Staphylococcus epidermidis
Negative control: Staphylococcus epidermidis References: Jeffries et al. (1957) J. Bact. 73: 590.
References: Jeffries et al. (1957) J. Bact. 73: 590.

DNASE AGAR WITH TOLUIDINE BLUE
DNASE AGAR WITH MANNITOL A differential medium for the detection of deoxyribonuclease activity of micro-organisms.
A differential medium for the detection of deoxyribonuclease activity of Code Number: DNT20500, DNT25000
micro-organisms. Colour: Beige
Code Number: DNM20500, DNM25000 pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
Colour: Pinkish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Formula in g/l
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Tryptose 20,0
Sodium chloride 5,0
Formula in g/l Deoxyribonucleic acid 2,0
Tryptose 20,00 Toluidine blue 0,1
Mannitol 10,00 Agar 13,0
Deoxyribonucleic acid 2,00 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Phenol red 0,02 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Agar 13,00 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Negative control: Staphylococcus epidermidis
References: Jeffries et al. (1957) J. Bact. 73: 590.
39
DRIGALSKI GLUCOSE AGAR Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from
A glucose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration light at 2-8 °C.
of enterobacteriaceae.
Quality Control:
Code Number: DAC20500, DAC25000 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
Colour: Beige Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
Final pH: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C References: Ewing (1986) Edwards and Ewing’s identifications of the enterobacteriaceae,
4th ed.
Warning! DTM AGAR BASE

No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. A highly selective medium for the isolation of dermatophytes.
Formula in g/l Code Number: DTM20500, DTM25000

Peptones 18,400 Colour: Yellowish
Bile salt 1,500 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Glucose 10,000 pH before autoclaving: 5,5 (approx.) at 25 °C
Bromothymol blue 0,150 Direction: Suspend 20 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
Crystal violet 0,002 the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
Agar 15,000 add aseptically the contents of one vial of DTM Selective Supplement (DTS80004)
reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water. Mix well before
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room pouring.
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,0
Quality Control: Glucose 10,0
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis Phenol red 0,2
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Agar 20,0
References: E wing (1986) Edwards and Ewing’s identifications of the enterobacteriaceae, Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
4th ed. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
DRIGALSKI LACTOSE AGAR Quality Control:

Positive control: Candida albicans
A lactose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration Negative control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae
of coliforms.
References: Taplin et al. (1969) Arch. Dermatol. 99: 203.
Code Number: DAS20500, DAS25000
Colour: Beige
Final pH: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C EC BROTH
Direction: Suspend 66 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria.
Code Number: ECB20500, ECB25000
Warning! Colour: Yellowish
Formula in g/l Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium
Peptones 17,400 completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C
Bile salt 1,500 for 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
Sucrose 17,000
Lactose 13,000 Warning!
Sodium chloride 2,000 The medium is heat sensitive.
Bromothymol blue 0,150 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Crystal violet 0,002
Agar 15,000
40
Formula in g/l EDWARDS AGAR BASE

Peptones 23,0
Bile salts 1,5 A selective medium for the isolation and enumeration of streptococci especially
Lactose 5,0 Streptococcus agalactiae.
Sodium chloride 5,0
Buffers 5,5 Code Number: EDA20500, EDA25000
Colour: Yellowish
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
Quality Control: the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
Positive control: Enterobacter aerogenes, Escherichia coli add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring.
Negative control: Streptococcus faecalis
Formula in g/l
References: Hajna and Perry (1943) Am. J. Public. Health. 33: 550. Peptones 20,000
Esculin 1,000
EE BROTH, PH EUR – USP Thallous acetate 0,300
A selective medium for the cultivation of enterobacteriaceae according to PH EUR (Broth Agar 14,700
Medium E – Enterobacteria Enrichment Broth, Mossel – Harmonised).
Code Number: EEB20500, EEB25000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Colour: Greenish protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Final pH: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Quality Control:
Positive control: Streptococcus agalactiae
Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water for single strength broth or 90 g for Negative control: Escherichia coli
double strength broth and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into
final containers and sterilise at 100 °C for 30 minutes. Cool quickly! References: Ewards (1933) J. Comp. Path. Therap. 46: 211.
Warning!
ELLIKER BROTH
Formula in g/l
Gelatin peptone 10,000 A selective medium for the cultivation of streptococci and lactobacilli.
Glucose monohydrate 5,000 Code Number: ELB20500, ELB25000
Brilliant green 0,015 Colour: Yellowish
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 2,000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate 8,000 pH before autoclaving: 6,8 (approx.) at 25 °C
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Direction: Suspend 49 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium medium completely. Dispense into final container and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
protected from light at room temperature. 15 minutes.
Quality Control: Formula in g/l

Positive control: Escherichia coli Peptones 25,5
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Glucose 5,0
Lactose 5,0
References: M
ossel et. al. (1963) J. Apple. Bact. 26: 444. Sucrose 5,0
European Pharmacopoeia 5.6 Sodium chloride 4,0
Sodium acetate 1,5
Gelatin 2,5
Ascorbic acid 0,5
Quality Control:
Positive control: Lactobacillus casei
References: McLaughlin (1946) J. Bacteriol. 51: 560.
41
ENDO AGAR BASE ENDO LES AGAR BASE
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliforms and other enteric A selective and differential medium for the enumeration of coliforms by membrane
bacteria. filtration.
Code Number: END20500, END25000 Code Number: ELA20500, ELA25000

Direction: Suspend 42 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Endo Basic Fuchsin Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Endo Basic Fuchsin
Solution (FBS80060). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils Solution (FBS80060). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils
well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well again before pouring. well.Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well again before pouring.

Lactose 10,0 Lactose 10,00
Sodium sulphite 2,5 Sodium chloride 3,70
Buffers 2,5 Sodium sulphite 1,60
Agar 15,0 Sodium deoxycholate 0,10
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
References: A PHA (1998) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei
20th ed. Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
References: McCarthy et al. (1961) Water Sewage Works 108: 238.
ENDO AGAR BASE, DEV

ENDO M BROTH BASE
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliforms and other enteric bacteria
according to DEV. A selective and differential medium for the one-step method for the enumeration of
coliforms by membrane filtration.
Code Number: EDE20500, EDE25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: ENB20500, ENB25000
Direction: Suspend 58 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Endo Basic Fuchsin
Solution, DEV (FBS80045). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium Direction: Suspend 48 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Endo Basic Fuchsin
boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well again before pouring. Solution (FBS80060). Mix well and heat with frequent agi-tation until the medium boils well.

Peptones 20,5 The medium is heat sensitive.
Lactose 10,0 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Sodium chloride 5,0
Sodium sulphite 2,5 Formula in g/l
Agar 20,0 Peptones 22,50
Lactose 12,50
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Sodium sulphite 2,10
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Sodium deoxycholate 0,10
Quality Control: Buffers 5,75
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: DIN 38411 protected from light at 2-8 °C no longer than one week, but the best solution is to use on
the day of preparation.
42
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: A PHA (1998) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Quality Control:
Wastewater, 20th ed. Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium
References: APHA (1950) Diagnostic Procedures and Reagents, 2nd ed.

EOSIN METHYLENE BLUE AGAR, USP
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and differentiation of Gram-negative
enteric bacteria according to USP. ESCULIN AGAR
Code Number: EMB20500, EMB25000 A differential medium for the detection of esculin hydrolysis.
Colour: Pinkish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: ESA20500, ESA25000
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Colour: Yellowish
Formula in g/l until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
Peptones 10,500 for 15 minutes.
Lactose 10,000
Eosin Y 0,400 Formula in g/l
Methylene blue 0,065 Peptones 18
Buffers 2,000 Ferric citrate 1
Agar 13,000 Esculin 1
Agar 15
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis Quality Control:
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis
Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes
References: L evine (1918) J. Infect. Dis. 23: 43.
United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005) References: Blazevic and Ederer (1975) Principles of Biochemical Tests in Diag. Microbiol.
NEW product
EOSIN METHYLENE BLUE LACTOSE SUCROSE AGAR ESCULIN BROTH
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and differentiation of Gram-negative A differential medium for the detection of esculin hydrolysis.
enteric bacteria.
Code Number: ESB20500, ESB25000
Code Number: EMC20500, EMC25000 Colour: Yellowish
Colour: Pinkish purple Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. minutes.

Peptones 10,500 Peptones 10
Lactose 5,000 Ferric citrate 1
Sucrose 5,000 Esculin 1
Eosin Y 0,400
Methylene blue 0,065 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
43
Quality Control: FORMULA OF READY MEDIUM in g/l

Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis Casein pepton 15,6
Negative control: Streptococcus pyogenes Soya peptone 5,0
Glucose 5,5
References: Blazevic and Ederer (1975) Principles of Biochemical Tests in Diag. Microbiol. Sodium chloride 4,0
Sodium sulphite 0,2
L-Cysteine 0,7
Lecithin 1,0
TWEEN 80 5,0
ETHYL VIOLET AZIDE (EVA) BROTH TRITON X-100 1,0
Agar 13,0
A selective medium for the presumptive identification of enterococci.
Code Number: EVA20500, EVA25000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Colour: Yellowish protected from light at 2 – 8 °C.
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Quality Control:
Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus,
Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Aspergillus brasiliensis, Candida albicans
15 minutes. References: ISO 21148: 2009
Warning!
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. NEW product EUGON LT 100 BROTH BASE
Formula in g/l A neutralising medium for the preparation and enrichment of test samples in the
Peptones 20,0000 cosmetic industries.
Glucose 5,0000
Sodium chloride 5,0000 Code Number: EUB20500, EUB25000
Sodium azide 0,4000 Colour: Yellowish
Ethyl violet 0,0008 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Buffers 5,6000 pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Direction: Suspend 32 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium (TWS80500) and 1 ml of TRITON X-100 Supplement (TXS80100). Mix well and keep the
protected from light at room temperature. suspension at about 40 - 50 °C until the lecithin dissolves completely (20 – 30 min). The ready
medium is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt from any precipitate. Dispense into final
Quality Control: containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well before use!
Negative control: Escherichia coli Warning!
At the bottom of the container some separation of supplement TWEEN might be observed
References: Litsky at al. (1953) Am. J. Pub. Health. 43: 873. which has no effect on the quality of the medium. Shaking the container it disappears.
FORMULA OF READY MEDIUM in g/l

Casein peptone 15,6
Soya peptone 5,0
NEW product
EUGON LT 100 AGAR BASE Glucose 5,5
Sodium chloride 4,0
A neutralising medium for the preparation and enrichment of test samples in the cosmetic Sodium sulphite 0,2
industries. L-Cysteine 0,7
Lecithin 1,0
Code Number: EUA20500, EUA25000 TWEEN 80 5,0
Colour: Yellowish TRITON X-100 1,0
pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement protected from light at 2 – 8 °C.
(TWS80500) and 1 ml of TRITON X-100 Sup-plement (TXS80100). Mix well and keep the
suspension at about 40 - 50 °C until the lecithin dissolves completely (20 – 30 min). The Quality Control:
ready me-dium is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt from any precipitate. Heat with Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus,
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 Aspergillus brasiliensis, Candida albicans
minutes. Mix well before pouring.
References: ISO 21148: 2009
44
FluoroBio® BGLB FluoroBio® EC
A selective medium for the detection of coliform bacteria by a fluorogenic procedure. A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria by a fluorogenic
procedure.
Code Number: BBM20500, BBM25000
Colour: Greenish Code Number: ECM20500, ECM25000
Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium
completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium
°C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly! completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C
for 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Warning!
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. The medium is heat sensitive.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,0000 Formula in g/l
Bacteriological bile 20,0000 Peptones 23,00
Lactose 10,0000 Bile salts 1,50
MUG 0,0500 Lactose 5,00
Brilliant green 0,0133 Sodium chloride 5,00
MUG 0,05
protected from light at room temperature. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Quality Control: protected from light at room temperature.
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Enterobacter aerogenes
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterobacter aerogenes, Escherichia coli
References: A PHA (1986) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Negative control: Streptococcus faecalis
Wastewater, 15th ed. Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245.
References: Hajna and Perry (1943) Am. J. Public. Health. 33: 550.
Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245.
FluoroBio® CLED
A differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of micro-organisms from urine. FluoroBio® ECD
Differentiation of E. coli colonies is possible by a fluorogenic procedure.
A selective and differential medium for the detection of Escherichia coli by a fluorogenic
Code Number: CLM20500, CLM25000 procedure.
Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: EDM20500, EDM25000
Lactose 10,000 Peptones 20,0
L-Cystine 0,128 Bile salts 1,5
MUG 0,100 Lactose 5,0
Bromothymol blue 0,020 Sodium chloride 5,0
Agar 15,000 Tryptophane 1,0
MUG 0,1
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: Mackey et al. (1966) Br. Med. J. 1: 1173.

45
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Negatíve control: Enterococcus faecalis protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: Hajna and Perry (1943) Am. J. Public. Health. 33: 550. Quality Control:
Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245. Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis
References: MacConkey (1900) The Lancet

FluoroBio® LSB Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245.
A selective enrichment medium for the detection of coliform bacteria by a fluorogenic

procedure.
FluoroBio® MACCONKEY BROTH
Code Number: LSM20500, LSM25000
Colour: Yellowish A differential medium containing neutral red for the detection of coliform bacteria by a
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder fluorogenic procedure.
Code Number: MNM20500, MNM25000
Colour: Beige
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Tryptose 19,40 Direction: Suspend 37 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Lactose 5,00 medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
Sodium chloride 5,00 autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
MUG 0,10 Formula in g/l
Buffers 5,40 Peptones 20,40
Bile salts No.3 1,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Lactose 10,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Sodium chloride 5,00
protected from light at room temperature. MUG 0,10
Neutral red 0,03
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: APHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for the Microbiological Examination of Foods.
Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245. Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
FluoroBio® MACCONKEY AGAR References: WHO (1963) Int. Stand. for Drinking Water
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria and enteric
pathogens by a fluorogenic procedure.
Code Number: MCM20500, MCM25000

Colour: Pinkish
Formula in g/l
Peptones 20,400
Bile salts No.3 1,500
Lactose 10,000
MUG 0,100
Neutral red 0,030
Agar 15,000
46
FluoroBio® MACCONKEY BROTH, PURPLE GBS AGAR BASE
A differential medium containing bromocresol purple for the detection of coliform bacteria A differential medium for the isolation and detection of Group B streptococci.
by a fluorogenic procedure.
Code Number: GBS20500, GBS25000
Code Number: MPM20500, MPM25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 37 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by add aseptically 50 ml of sterile inactivated horse serum (i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. minutes). Mix well before pouring.

Bile salts No.3 1,50 Starch soluble 5
Lactose 10,00 Buffers 7
Sodium chloride 5,00 Agar 12
MUG 0,10
Bromocresol purple 0,01 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
protected from light at room temperature. Quality Control:
Quality Control: Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis References: Islam (1977) The Lancet: 256.
References: WHO (1963) Int. Stand. for Drinking Water

Kilian and Bulow (1984) Acta Path. Micr. Scand. Sect. B. 84: 245. GC AGAR BASE
A highly nutritious medium for the isolation and cultivation of fastidious micro-organisms
FluoroBio® VRBL especially Neisseria and Haemophilus spp.
A lactose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration Code Number: GCA20500, GCA25000
of coliforms by a fluorogenic procedure. Colour: Yellowish
Code Number: VBM20500, VBM25000 pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Direction for Thayer-Martin Agar: Suspend 19,5 g in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with
Final pH: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 35 ml of sterile defibrinated blood and ‘chocolate’ by heating at
Direction: Suspend 41,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation 80 °C for 10 min. Cool to 50 °C. Dissolve the contents of one vial of Growth Factor Mixture
until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile distilled water and add aseptically to the Growth Factor
Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and add aseptically to the medium. Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction for Selective Thayer-Martin Agar: Dissolve the contents of one vial of GC
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Selective Supplement, VCN (VCN80004) or GC Selective Supplement, VCNT (VCT80004) with
4 ml of sterile distilled water and add aseptically to the above at 50 °C. Mix well before
Formula in g/l pouring.
Peptones 10,000
Bile salts 1,500 Formula in g/l
Lactose 10,000 Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 15
Sodium chloride 5,000 Sodium chloride 5
MUG 0,100 Starch soluble 1
Neutral red 0,030 Buffers 5
Crystal violet 0,002 Agar 13
Agar 14,900
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis Negative control (in case of selective media):
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Proteus mirabilis, Staphylococcus aureus
References: APHA (1978) Standard Method for the Examination of Dairy Product. 14th ed. References: Thayer and Martin (1966) Public Health Rep. 81: 559.
47
GIOLITTI-CANTONI BROTH BASE GN BROTH
A selective enrichment medium for the selective cultivation of Staphylococcus aureus. A selective medium for the enrichment of Salmonella and Shigella spp.
Code Number: GCB20500, GCB25000 Code Number: GNB20500, GNB25000

Direction: Suspend 54 g in one litre of distilled water. Heat gently to dissolve completely. Direction: Suspend 39 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for 15 minutes. Cool medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for
rapidly and add one drop (50 μl) Giolitti-Cantoni Potassium Tellurite Solution (PTG80050) 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
to each 10 ml of the medium aseptically, through a sterile filter. Warning!
Formula in g/l No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Peptones 19,8
Mannitol 20,0 Formula in g/l
Sodium chloride 5,0 Peptones 20,0
Sodium pyruvate 3,0 Mannitol 2,0
Glycine 1,2 Glucose 1,0
Lithium chloride 5,0 Sodium chloride 5,0
Sodium citrate 5,0
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium deoxycholate 0,5
Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
References: Giolitti and Cantoni (1966) J. Appl. Bact. 29: 395. Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella sonnei
GLUTAMATE BROTH BASE, MODIFIED References: Hajna (1955) Public Health Lab. 13: 59.
A synthetic differential medium for the enumeration of the coliforms in water.

GSP AGAR BASE
Code Number: MMG20500, MMG25000
Colour: Beige A selective and differential medium for the detection and differentiation of Pseudomonas
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder and Aeromonas spp.
Code Number: GSP20500, GSP25000
Direction: Dissolve 2,5 g of ammonium chloride and 6,4 g of sodium glutamate in one litre Colour: Pinkish
of distilled water. Add 11,4 g of dehydrated medium and heat gently to dissolve the Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by Final pH: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
autoclaving at 115 °C for 10 minutes. Cool quickly!
Direction: Suspend 23 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
Warning! medium boils well. Cool quickly to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of GSP Selective
The medium is heat sensitive. Supplement (GSU80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
Formula in g/l The medium is heat sensitive.
Lactose 10,000 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Sodium formate 0,250
Amino acids 0,064 Formula in g/l
Minerals 0,111 Starch soluble 20,00
Vitamins 0,003 Sodium glutamate 10,00
Bromocresol purple 0,020 Magnesium sulphate 0,50
Buffers 0,950 Phenol red 0,36
Buffers 2,00
Quality Control: protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Positive control: Escherichia coli
Negative control: Salmonella enteritidis Quality Control:
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Aeromonas hydrophila
References: PHLS (1968) J. Hyg. Camb. 66: 67-82. Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
References: Kielwen et al. (1969) Arch. f. Lebensmittelhyg. 20: 131.
48
HAEMOPHILUS TEST AGAR BASE HUGH-LEIFSON OF MEDIUM BASE
A standard medium for the susceptibility testing of Haemophilus influenzae. A semi-solid medium base for the carbohydrate fermentation studies.
Code Number: HTM20500, HTM25000 Code Number: SUG20500, SUG25000

Direction: Suspend 21,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 12 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Haemophilus Supplement (HTS80004) and add the filter sterilised sugar
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. (10 g/l) solution to be examined to the medium. Dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.

Mueller-Hinton II Agar 38 Peptones 3,00
Yeast extract 5 Sodium chloride 5,00
Positive control: Haemophilus influenzae protected from light at room temperature.
References: Jorgensen at al. (1987) J. Clin. Micro. 25: 2105. Quality Control:
Positive control: Use micro-organisms, which have known positive or negative
reactions with investigated sugars.
HEKTOEN ENTERIC AGAR References: Hugh and Leifson (1953) J. Bact. 66: 24.
A selective and differential medium for the isolation of enteric micro-organisms, especially
Salmonella and some Shigella spp.
INDOLE MOTILITY ORNITHINE (IMO) medium
Code Number: HEA20500, HEA25000
Colour: Beige A semi-solid differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder on the basis of the indole production, motility and the ornithine decarboxylase activity.
Code Number: IMO20500, IMO25000
Direction: Suspend 77 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Colour: Beige
until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction: Suspend 26 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Bile salts 9,000 Peptones 16,00
Lactose 12,000 Glucose 1,00
Sucrose 12,000 L-Ornithine 5,00
Salicin 2,000 Bromocresol purple 0,03
Sodium thiosulphate 5,000 Agar 3,00
Ferric citrate 1,500
Acid fuchsin 0,100 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Bromothymol blue 0,065 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Escherichia coli, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae
References: Ederer and Clark (1970) Appl. Microbiol. 2: 849.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella flexneri, Salmonella enteritidis
References: King and Metzger (1968) Appl. Microbiol. 16: 577.
49
IRON SULPHITE AGAR KANAMYCIN ESCULIN AZIDE AGAR
A differential medium for the detection of thermophilic anaerobes, producing hydrogen A selective adn differential medium for the isolation of enterococci.
sulphite.
Code Number: KEA20500, KEA25000
Code Number: ISA20500, ISA25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
until the medium boil well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes. Warning!
Formula in g/l No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Peptones 25
Disodium disulphite 1 Formula in g/l
Ferric ammonium citrate 1 Peptones 25,30
Sodium citrate 1,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Ferric ammonium citrate 0,50
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Sodium azide 0,15
protected from light at room temperature. Esculin 1,00
Kanamycin 0,02
References: ISO 15213: 2003 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
References: Mossel et al. (1978) Arch. Lebensmittel-hyg. 29: 121.
K AGAR BASE KANAMYCIN ESCULIN AZIDE BROTH
A medium for the detection of Alicyclobacillus spp. A selective medium for the isolation of enterococci.
Code Number: KSA20500, KSA25000 Code Number: KEB20500, KEB25000

pH after supplementation: 3,7 (approx.) at 25 °C pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 12 g in 500 ml of distilled water. Add 0,5 ml of TWEEN 80 Supplement Direction: Suspend 33 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
(TWS80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly to 50 °C and add aseptically 1 vial of K 15 minutes.
Agar Malic Acid Solution (KMS80005). Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
Warning! The medium is heat sensitive.
Once acidified with malic acid, the medium should not be re-heated. No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.

Peptones 8 Peptones 25,30
Glucose 1 Sodium chloride 5,00
Agar 15 Sodium citrate 1,00
Ferric ammonium citrate 0,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium azide 0,15
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Esculin 1,00
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Kanamycin 0,02
Positive control: Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
50
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Negative control: Escherichia coli protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: Mossel et al. (1978) Arch. Lebensmittel-hyg. 29: 121. Quality Control:
References: Kimmig and Rieth (1993) Arzneimittelforsh 3: 267.

KF STREPTOCOCCUS AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the isolation and enumeration of enterococci.

KING A AGAR BASE, USP
Code Number: KFA20500, KFA25000
Colour: Beige A differential medium for the detection of Pseudomonas aeruginosa on the basis of pigment
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder production according to USP. KING A agar enhances the production of piocianin and inhibits
Final pH: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C the formation of fluorescein.
Direction: Suspend 72 g in one litre of distilled water and boil to dissolve the medium Code Number: KAA20500, KAA25000
completely. Cool to 50 °C and add one drop KF TTC Solution (KTS80005) to each 100 ml of Colour: Yellowish
the medium. Mix well before pouring. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction: Suspend 44 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Glycerol Supplement
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Dispense into test
tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position.
Formula in g/l
Maltose 20,000 Peptones 19,6
Lactose 1,000 Potassium sulphate 10,0
Sodium chloride 5,000 Magnesium chloride 1,4
Sodium azide 0,400 Agar 13,0
Sodium glycerophosphate 10,000 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Quality Control: References: King et al. (1954) J. Lab. and Clin. Med. 44: 301.
Positive control: Enterococcus faecalis United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005)
References: Kenner et al. (1961) Appl. Microbiol. 9: 15.
KING B AGAR BASE, USP

KIMMIG AGAR BASE
A differential medium for the detection of Pseudomonas aeruginosa on the basis of pigment
A non-selective medium for the cultivation, isolation, identification and strain preservation production according to USP. KING B agar enhances the production of fluorescein and inhibits
of fungi. the formation of piocianin.
Code Number: KIM20500, KIM25000 Code Number: KAB20500, KAB25000

Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Glycerol Supplement Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Glycerol Supplement
(GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Dispense into test
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position.

Glucose 19 Magnesium sulphate 1,5
Sodium chloride 1 Buffers 1,5
Agar 15 Agar 13,0
51

Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
References: K ing et al. (1954) J. Lab. and Clin. Med. 44: 301.
United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005)
KOSER CITRATE BROTH
KLIGLER IRON AGAR A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative bacteria on the basis of
citrate utilisation.
A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis of
carbohydrate fermentation and hydrogen sulphite production. Code Number: KSB20500, KSB25000
Colour: White
Code Number: KIA20500, KIA25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Colour: Pinkish pH before autoclaving: 6,7 (approx.) at 25 °C
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 6 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
Direction: Suspend 56 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation minutes.
until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position to form slant with deep butt. Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Magnesium sulphate 0,200
Peptones 26,40 Phenol red 0,015
Lactose 10,00 Buffers 2,800
Glucose 1,00
Sodium chloride 5,00 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Sodium thiosulphate 0,30 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Ferric citrate 0,30 protected from light at room temperature.
Phenol red 0,05
Agar 13,00 Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterobacter aerogenes
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Negative control: Escherichia coli
protected from light at room temperature. References: Koser (1923) J. Bacteriol. 8: 493.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella Enteritidis, Shigella flexneri
LACTOSE BROTH, PH EUR
References: Kligler (1917) Am. J. Pub. Hlth. 7: 1042.
A differential medium for the cultivation and presumptive identification of coliforms
according to PH EUR (Broth Medium D).
Code Number: LAB20500, LAB25000

KLIMMER AGAR Colour: Yellowish
A selective medium for the detection and enumeration of coliforms. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Code Number: KLA20500, KLA25000
Colour: Beige Direction: Suspend 13 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
Final pH: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
Direction: Suspend 46 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Formula in g/l
until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. Gelatin peptone 5
Beef extract 3
Warning! Lactose monohydrate 5
The medium is heat sensitive. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Formula in g/l protected from light at room temperature.
Peptones 15,20
Lactose 12,00 Quality Control:
Sodium chloride 3,60 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Enterobacter aerogenes
Acriflavine 0,06 Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
Agar 15,00 References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
52
LACTOSE PEPTONE BROTH, DEV LACTOSE SULPHITE BROTH BASE, PH EUR
A differential medium for the cultivation and enumeration of coliforms. A differential medium for the determination of H2S production by Clostridium perfringens
according to PH EUR (Broth Medium R).
Code Number: LPB20500, LPB25000
Colour: Beige Code Number: LSU20500, LSU25000
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by Direction: Suspend 10,15 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly! medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
aseptically 10 drops (0,5 ml) of Sodium Metabisulphite Solution, Sterile (SMS80030) and 10
Formula in g/l drops (0,5 ml) of Ferric Ammonium Citrate Solution, Sterile (FAC80030). Mix well and
Peptones 20,00 dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes fitted with Durham tubes.
Lactose 10,00
Bromocresol purple 0,02 Casein peptone 5,0
Yeast extract 2,5
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Lactose monohydrate 10,0
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Sodium chloride 2,5
protected from light at room temperature. L-Cysteine 0,3
Negative control: Salmonella typhimurium protected from light at room temperature.
References: DEV (1963) Bundesgesetzbl., Teil I: 2613444. Quality Control:


LACTOSE (1%) PHENOL RED BROTH LAURIA-BERTANI BROTH
A differential medium for the cultivation and presumptive identification of coliforms. A non-selective medium for molecular genetics studies.
Code Number: LFB20500, LFB25000 Code Number: LBB20500, LBB25000

Colour: Pinkish Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 25 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 25 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly! 15 minutes.
Warning! Formula in g/l

The medium is heat sensitive. Casein peptone 10
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Yeast extract 5
Sodium chloride 10
Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,00 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Lactose 10,00 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Sodium chloride 5,00 protected from light at room temperature.
Phenol red 0,01
Quality Control:
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
Quality Control:
Negative control: Salmonella typhimurium
References: Murray et al. (1995) Manual of clinical Microbiology, 6th ed.
53
RENEWed
LAURYL SULPHATE BROTH product LEGIONELLA (CYE) AGAR BASE
A selective enrichment medium for the detection of coliform bacteria. A selective medium for the isolation of legionellae.
Code Number: LSB20500, LSB25000 Code Number: CYE20500, CYE25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Black
pH before autoclaving: 6,8 (approx.) at 25 °C pH after autoclaving: 6,9 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 35 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 3,6 g in 100 ml or 18 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. 50 °C. In case of 100 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Supplement with
Cysteine (LGF80005-01) or Legionella BCYE Growth Supplement without Cysteine (LWC80005-
Formula in g/l 01). In case of 500 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Supplement with
Tryptose 19,5 Cysteine (LGF80005-02) or Legionella BCYE Growth Supplement without Cysteine (LWC80005-
Lactose 5,0 02). Mix well before pouring.
Sodium chloride 5,0
Sodium lauryl sulphate 0,1 For the preparation of selective agar in case of 100 ml add 5 ml of dis-tilled water to one vial of
Buffers 5,4 Legionella Selective Supplement, BMPA (BMP80005-01) or Legionella Selective Supplement,
GVPC (GVP80005-01) or Legionella Selective Supplement, MWY (MWY80005-01). Shake well
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room and add to the medium. Mix well before pouring. In case of 500 ml add 5 ml of distilled water
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium to one vial of Legionella Selective Supplement, BMPA (BMP80005-02) or Legionella Selective
protected from light at room temperature. Supplement, GVPC (GVP80005-02) or Legionella Selective Supplement, MWY (MWY80005-02).
Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before pouring.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis Formula in g/l
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Yeast extract 10
Charcoal 2
References: A PHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for ACES Buffer 10
the Microbiological Examination of Foods α-ketoglutarate 1
Agar 13
NEW product LAURYL TRYPTOSE MANNITOL BROTH protected from light at 2-8 °C.
A selective medium for the detection and enumeration of coli-forms according to ISO Quality Control:
standards. Positive control: Legionella pneumophila
Negative control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
Code Number: LTM20500, LTM25000
Colour: Yellowish References: Feeley et al. (1979) J. Clin. Micr. 10: 437.
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Dennis et al. (1984) Am. Soc. Microbiol. Pp. 294.
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
FORMULA in g/l
Tryptose 20,0
L-Tryptophan 0,2
Mannitol 5,0
Sodium chloride 5,0
Buffers 5,7
Quality Control:
References: ISO 4831: 1991; ISO 7251: 1993
54
LETHEEN AGAR BASE LEUCONOSTOC AGAR
A highly nutritious medium that neutralizes quaternary ammonium compounds, for the A differential medium for the cultivation of Leuconostoc spp.
sampling of environmental surfaces that have been treated with disinfectants.
Code Number: LEA20500, LEA25000
Code Number: LTA20500, LTA25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 58 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Tween 80 Supplement until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes
(TWS80100). Mix well and keep the suspension at about 50 °C until the lecithin dissolved
completely (20-30 min). Heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. The Formula in g/l
ready medium is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt from any precipitate. Dispense Peptones 15,8
into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Sucrose 150,0
Sodium chloride 1,0
Formula in g/l Magnesium sulphate 0,2
Peptones 32,2 Buffers 2,0
Sodium chloride 5,0 Agar 15,0
Sodium bisulphite 0,1
Lecithin 0,7 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Positive control: Leuconostoc mesenteroides
Quality Control: References: Atlas and Parks (1993) Handbook of Microbiological Media
References: F DA (1992) Microbiological Methods for Cosmetics. Chapter 23.
LETHEEN BROTH BASE LINDEN-GRAIN BROTH
A highly nutritious medium that neutralizes quaternary ammonium compounds, for the A sterility test medium for the cultivation of environmental micro-organisms, e.g. from
sampling of environmental surfaces that have been treated with disinfectants. beverage bottles.
Code Number: LTB20500, LTB25000 Code Number: LGB20500, LGB25000

Direction: Suspend 38 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of Tween 80 Supplement Direction: Suspend 29,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
(TWS80100). Mix well and keep the suspension at about 50 °C until the lecithin dissolved medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
completely (20-30 min). The ready medium is yellowish and slightly turbid, but exempt 15 minutes.
from any precipitate. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes. Formula in g/l
Peptones 5,5
Formula in g/l Glucose 20,0
Peptones 32,2 Ammonium sulphate 2,0
Sodium chloride 5,0 Magnesium sulphate 1,0
Sodium bisulphite 0,1 Buffers 1,0
Lecithin 0,7
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Candida albicans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
References: FDA (1992) Microbiological Methods for Cosmetics. Chapter 23.
55
LISTERIA ENRICHMENT BROTH Quality Control:

Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes
A selective enrichment broth for the detection of Listeria monocytogenes. Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
Code Number: LEN20500, LEN25000 References: Lovett et al. (1987) J. Food Protection 50: 188.
Colour: Yellowish
LISTERIA ENRICHMENT BROTH BASE, UVM - FRASER
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of Listeria spp.
15 minutes.
Code Number: LEF20500, LEF25000
Formula in g/l Direction: Suspend 27,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Peptones 26,000 medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
Glucose 2,500 aseptically the contents of one vial of supplements below reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1
Sodium chloride 5,000 mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water. Mix well. Dispense aseptically into sterile final
Acriflavine 0,015 containers.
Cycloheximide 0,050 – for UVM I Broth: Listeria Selective Supplement, UVM I (LU180004)
Nalidixic acid 0,040 – for UVM II Broth: Listeria Selective Supplement, UVM II (LU280004)
Buffers 2,400 – for Half Fraser Broth: Listeria Selective Supplement, Half Fraser (LSH80004)
– for Fraser Broth: Listeria Selective Supplement, Fraser (LSF80004)
protected from light at room temperature. Proteose peptone 5
Tryptone 5
Quality Control: Beef extract 5
Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes Yeast extract 5
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Sodium chloride 20
Lithium chloride 3
References: Lovett et al. (1987) J. Food Protection 50: 188. Esculin 1
Disodium hydrogen phosphate 10
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 1
LISTERIA ENRICHMENT BROTH, BUFFERED temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
A selective enrichment broth for the detection of Listeria monocytogenes.
Quality Control:
Code Number: LEB20500, LEB25000 Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes
Colour: Yellowish Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C References: Fraser and Sperber (1988) J. Food Protect. 51: 762.
ISO 11290-1: 1997
Direction: Suspend 47 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium APHA (2001) Compendium of Methods for the Microbiological Examination
completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. of Foods, 4th ed.
Warning!
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. LISTERIA SELECTIVE AGAR BASE, OXFORD
Formula in g/l A selective and differential medium for the detection of Listeria monocytogenes.
Peptones 26,000
Glucose 2,500 Code Number: LAO20500, LAO25000
Sodium chloride 5,000 Colour: Yellowish
Acriflavine 0,015 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Cycloheximide 0,050 pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Nalidixic acid 0,040
Buffers 13,500 Direction: Suspend 29,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, Oxford
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium (LSO80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water.
protected from light at room temperature. Mix well before pouring.
56
Formula in g/l LIVER BROTH

Starch soluble 1,0 An enrichment medium for the cultivation of anaerobe bacteria.
Lithium chloride 15,0
Sodium chloride 5,0 Code Number: LVB20500, LVB25000
Ferric ammonium citrate 0,5 Colour: Brownish
Esculin 1,0 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Agar 13,0 pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Direction: Suspend 112 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium medium completely. Dispense into final container and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
protected from light at 2-8 °C. 15 minutes.
Quality Control: FORMULA in g/l

Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes Liver extract 100
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Peptones 10
Starch soluble 1
References: Curtis et al. (1989) Letters in Appl. Microbiol. 8: 95. Buffers 1
LISTERIA SELECTIVE AGAR BASE, PALCAM Quality Control:

A selective and differential medium for the detection of Listeria monocytogenes.
References: A PHA (2001) Compendium of Methods for the Microbiological Examination
Code Number: LAP20500, LAP25000 of Foods, 4th ed.
Colour: Pinkish
LOEFFLER MEDIUM BASE
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and A non-selective medium for the cultivation and isolation of Corynebacterium spp.
add aseptically the contents of one vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, Palcam (LSP80004)
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Code Number: LOE20500, LOE25000
Colour: Yellowish
Formula in g/l Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 26,00 pH before autoclaving: 7,6 (approx.) at 25 °C
Mannitol 10,00
Glucose 0,50 Direction: Suspend 26 g in 250 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Starch soluble 1,00 medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
Lithium chloride 15,00 750 ml of sterile bovine serum. Mix thouroughly and dispense into sterile test tubes.
Sodium chloride 5,00 Inspissate for serum coagulation in slanted position at 85 °C for 120 min.
Esculin 0,80 Formula in g/l
Phenol red 0,08 Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 16
Agar 13,00 Glucose 7
Sodium chloride 3
Quality Control:
Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes Quality Control:
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Corynebacterium diphtheriae
References: van Netten et al. (1989) Int. J. Food Micr. 8: 299. References: Loeffler (1897) Zentralbl. Bakteriol. 2: 102.
57
LOEWENSTEIN-JENSEN MEDIUM BASE LYSINE DECARBOXYLASE BROTH
A strongly selective medium for the cultivation of Mycobacterium tuberculosis and other See: Culture Media for Amino Acid Decomposition Studies (page 13)
Mycobacterium spp.
Code Number: LJM20500, LJM25000 LYSINE IRON (LIA) AGAR

Colour: Greenish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis
Final pH: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C of lysine decarboxylate and hydrogen sulphite production.
Direction: Suspend 38 g in 590 ml of distilled water. Add 12 ml of Glycerol Supplement Code Number: LIA20500, LIA25000
(GLC80100). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise Colour: Beige
by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 1000 ml of sterile Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
mixed whole egg. Mix gently until the mixture is uniform and without bubbles. Dispense pH before autoclaving: 6,7 (approx.) at 25 °C
into sterile test tubes. Coagulate and inspissate in slanted position at 85 °C for 45 min.
Formula in g/1600 ml
Potato flour 30,00
for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position to form slant with deep butt.
Sodium citrate 0,60
Formula in g/l
L-Asparagine 3,60
Peptones 8,00
Malachite green 0,40
Glucose 1,00
Buffer 3,16
Ferric citrate 0,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room L-Lysine 10,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Bromocresol purple 0,02
Positive control: Mycobacterium tuberculosis temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: J ensen (1932) Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parastenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. I Orig.
125: 222. Quality Control:
Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii
References: Edwards and Fife (1961) Appl. Microbiol. 9: 478.
LURIA AGAR M17 AGAR
A non-selective medium for molecular genetics studies. A selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of lactic streptococci.
Code Number: LBA20500, LBA25000 Code Number: M1A20500, M1A25000

Direction: Suspend 38 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 55 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Casein peptone 10 Peptones 17,25
Yeast extract 5 Lactose 5,00
Sodium chloride 10 Magnesium sulphate 0,25
Agar 13 Ascorbic acid 0,50
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium glycerophosphate 19,00
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: M
iller (1972) Experiments in Molecular Genetics. Quality Control:
References: Terzaghi and Sandine (1975) Applied Microbiol. 29: 807.
58
NEW product
M17 BROTH M-FC BROTH BASE
A selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of lactic streptococci. A selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration of faecal coliforms
by membrane filtration.
Code Number: M1B20500, M1B25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: MFB20500, MFB5000
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Colour: Beige
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Direction: Suspend 18,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water. Add the content of one vial of
15 minutes. Rosolic Acid Supplement (RAS80005) reconstituted with 5 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix
well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 17,25 Warning!
Lactose 5,00 The medium is heat sensitive.
Magnesium sulphate 0,25 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Ascorbic acid 0,50
Sodium glycerophosphate 19,00 FORMULA in g/l
Peptones 18,0
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Bile salts 1,5
protected from light at room temperature. Sodium chloride 5,0
Aniline blue 0,1
Quality Control:
Positive control: Streptococcus agalactiae Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: Terzaghi and Sandine (1975) Applied Microbiol. 29: 807. protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
References: Geldreich et al. (1965) J. Am. Water Works Assoc. 57: 208.
NEW product M-FC AGAR BASE
A selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration of faecal coliforms
by membrane filtration. M-GREEN AGAR
Code Number: MFC20500, MFC5000 A selective and differential medium for the detection of fungi.
Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: MGA20500, MGA25000
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 26 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
until the medium becomes transparent (about 90 °C). Add the content of one vial of Rosolic
Acid Supplement (RAS80005) reconstituted with 5 ml of sterile distilled water. Continue Direction: Suspend 87 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
heating with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
Warning!
Warning! The medium is heat sensitive.
The medium is heat sensitive. No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Formula in g/l
FORMULA in g/l Peptones 19,900
Bile salts 1,5 Magnesium sulphate 2,000
Lactose 12,4 Diastase 0,050
Sodium chloride 5,0 Thiamine HCl 0,050
Aniline blue 0,1 Bromocresol green 0,026
Agar 15,0 Buffers 2,000
Agar 13,000
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli Quality Control:
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus niger
References: Geldreich et al. (1965) J. Am. Water Works Assoc. 57: 208. References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Microbiol., 4th ed.
59
M-GREEN BROTH MACCONKEY AGAR BASE, SORBITOL
A selective and differential medium for the detection of fungi. A selective and differential medium for the detection of Escherichia coli O157.
Code Number: MGB20500, MGB25000 Code Number: MCS20500, MCS25000

Colour: Beige Colour: Pinkish
Direction: Suspend 74 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium Direction: Suspend 26 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically the contents of one vial of Cefixime Tellurite Selective Supplement
Warning! (CTS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Peptones 20,500
Formula in g/l Bile salts No.3 1,500
Peptones 19,900 Sorbitol 10,000
Glucose 50,000 Sodium chloride 5,000
Magnesium sulphate 2,000 Neutral red 0,030
Diastase 0,050 Crystal violet 0,001
Thiamine HCl 0,050 Agar 15,000
Bromocresol green 0,026
Buffers 2,000 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Positive control: Escherichia coli O157
Quality Control: Negative control: Escherichia coli
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus niger
References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Microbiol., 4th ed.
MACCONKEY AGAR No.3 MACCONKEY AGAR, PH EUR – USP
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria and enteric A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria and enteric pathogens
pathogens. according to PH EUR (Agar Medium H - Harmonised).
Code Number: MCA20500, MCA25000 Code Number: MCE20500, MCE25000

Colour: Beige Colour: Pinkish

Peptones 20,500 Gelatin peptone 17,000
Bile salts No.3 1,500 Peptones 3,000
Lactose 10,000 Bacteriological bile 1,500
Sodium chloride 5,000 Lactose monohydrate 10,000
Neutral red 0,030 Sodium chloride 5,000
Crystal violet 0,001 Neutral red 0,030
Agar 15,000 Crystal violet 0,001
Agar 13,500
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis Quality Control:
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Positive control: E scherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis
60
MACCONKEY AGAR WITHOUT CRYSTAL VIOLET MACCONKEY BROTH
A selective and differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria and enteric A differential medium containing neutral red for the detection of coliform bacteria.
pathogens as well as some Staphylococcus spp.
Code Number: MCB20500, MCB25000
Code Number: MWC20500, MWC25000 Colour: Beige
Colour: Pinkish Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Direction: Suspend 52 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes

Bile salts No.3 1,50 Bile salts No.3 1,50
Lactose 10,00 Lactose 10,00
Neutral red 0,03 Neutral red 0,03
Agar 15,00
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis, Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
Staphylococcus aureus
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis References: WHO (1963) Int. Stand. for Drinking Water
MACCONKEY AGAR WITHOUT SALT MACCONKEY BROTH, PH EUR – USP
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and enumeration of micro-organisms A differential medium for the detection of coliform bacteria according to PH EUR (Broth
from urine. The medium is electrolyte deficient to prevent the swarming of the most Proteus Medium G - Harmonised).
spp.
Code Number: MBE20500, MBE25000
Code Number: MWS20500, MWS25000 Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 47 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Bile salts No.3 1,500 Gelatin peptone 20,00
Lactose 10,000 Bacteriological bile 5,00
Neutral red 0,030 Lactose monohydrate 10,00
Crystal violet 0,001 Bromocresol purple 0,01
Agar 15,000
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Escherichia coli
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis
61
MACCONKEY BROTH, PURPLE MALONATE AGAR
A differential medium containing bromocresol purple for the detection of coliform bacteria. A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms on the basis of their ability
to utilize malonate.
Code Number: MBP20500, MBP25000
Colour: Beige Code Number: MAA20500, MAA25000
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by Direction: Suspend 25 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position.
Formula in g/l
Bile salts No.3 1,50 Yeast extract 1,00
Lactose 10,00 Sodium malonate 3,00
Bromocresol purple 0,01 Ammonium sulphate 2,00
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
References: WHO (1963) Int. Stand. for Drinking Water Positive control: Enterobacter aerogenes
References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 4th ed.
MALACHITE GREEN BROTH BASE MALONATE BROTH
A selective medium for the cultivation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms on the basis of their ability
to utilize malonate.
Code Number: MIB20500, MIB25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: MAD20500, MAD25000
Direction: Suspend 4,2 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add Direction: Suspend 10 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Malachite Green Solution, Sterile (MSO80030). Mix well and medium completely. Dispense into final containers and ster-ilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
dispense aseptically into sterile final containers. for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Buffer 0,4 Yeast extract 2,00
Sodium malonate 3,00
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Ammonium sulphate 2,00
protected from light at room temperature. Bromothymol blue 0,03
Buffers 1,00
Quality Control:
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Negative control: Escherichia coli temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at at room temperature.
References: Habs and Kirschner (1943) Z. Hyg. 124: 557.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Enterobacter aerogenes
References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 4th ed.
62
MALT EXTRACT AGAR MANNITOL LYSINE BRILLIANT GREEN AGAR
A selective medium for the detection, isolation and enumeration of yeasts and moulds. A selective and differential medium for the isolation of salmonellae other than S. typhi.
Code Number: MEA20500, MEA25000 Code Number: MLA20500, MLA25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Yellowish green
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 10 minutes. If it is until the medium boils well. Cool quickly!
necessary to adjust the pH 3,5 (approx.), cool to 50 °C and add aseptically Lactic Acid
Solution (LAS80100) to the medium in the necessary quantity. Mix well before pouring. Warning!
Warning! No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Once acidified with lactic acid, the medium should not be re-heated. Peptones 22,0000
Mannitol 3,0000
Formula in g/l Sodium chloride 4,0000
Peptones 5 Sodium thiosulphate 4,0000
Malt extract 30 Ferric ammonium citrate 1,0000
Agar 15 L-Lysine 5,0000
Brilliant green 0,0125
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Violet red 0,0100
Quality Control: temperature use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected
Positive control: Candida albicans from light at 2-8 °C.
Negative control (at pH=3.5): Bacillus cereus
Quality Control:
References: G alloway and Burgess (1952) Applied Mycology Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
and Bacteriology, 3rd ed. Negative control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Enterococcus faecalis
References: Inoue et al. (1968) Jap. J. Vet. Sci. 30.
MALT EXTRACT BROTH NEW product MANNITOL MOTILITY NITRATE MEDIUM
A selective medium for the cultivation of yeasts and moulds. A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially
enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of mannitol fermentation, motility and nitrate reduction.
Code Number: MBR20500, MBR25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: MMN20500, MMN25000
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Direction: Suspend 22 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation
15 minutes. If it is necessary to adjust the pH 3.5 (approx.) add asepticaly Lactic Acid until the medium boil well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
Solution (LAS80100) to the medium in the necessary quantity. for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l FORMULA in g/l

Malt extract 15 Mannitol 7,50
Potassium nitrate 1,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Phenol red 0,04
Positive control: Candida albicans protected from light at room tempera-ture.
Quality Control:
References: G alloway and Burgess (1952) Applied Mycology Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis,
and Bacteriology, 3rd ed. Acinetobacter anitratum
References: MacFaddin (1980) Biochemical test for the identification of medical bacteria,
2nd ed.
63
MANNITOL SALT AGAR, PH EUR - USP MEAT EXTRACT BROTH
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of A general purpose medium for the cultivation of micro-organisms.
pathogenic staphylococci according to PH EUR (Mannitol Salt Agar – Harmonised).
Code Number: MEX20500, MEX25000
Code Number: MSA20500, MSA25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 110 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium completely. Dispense into final containers and ster-ilise by autoclaving at 121°C
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. for 15 minutes.

Casein peptone 5,000 Peptones 11
Meat peptone 5,000 Sodium chloride 5
Beef extract 1,000
D-Mannitol 10,000 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Sodium chloride 75,000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Phenol red 0,025 protected from light at at room temperature.
Agar 14,000
Quality Control:
protected from light at 2-8 °C. References: APHA (1980) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater
Quality Control:
Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis
References: C hapman (1945) J. Bact. 50: 201.

European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
MAXIMUM RECOVERY DILUENT MEMBRAN LAURYL SULPHATE (MLSB) BROTH
A protective and isotonic diluent for maximum recovery of micro-organisms. A selective medium for the enumeration of coliform micro-organisms and Escherichia coli.
Code Number: MRD20500, MRD25000 Code Number: MLS20500, MLS25000

Direction: Suspend 9,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 76 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
15 minutes. minutes. Cool quickly!

Peptones 1,0 Peptone 44,8
Sodium chloride 8,5 Lactose 30,0
protected from light at room temperature Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Quality Control:
References: Straker and Stokes (1957) J. Appl. Bact. 26: 493. Positive control: Escherichia coli
Negative control: Bacillus subtilis
References: Burnhan (1967) Proc. Soc. Wat. Treat. Exam. 16: 40.
64
MOTILITY AGAR MOTILITY INDOLE UREA (MIU) MEDIUM
A semi-solide differential medium for the detection of motility of Gram-negative enteric A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially the
bacilli. Enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of the motility, indole production and urease activity.
Code Number: MOA20500, MOA25000 Code Number: MIU20500-M

Colour: Yellowish Packaging: 380 g medium base + 120 g urea
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Appearance – agar base: Pinkish, homogeneous, hygroscopic powder
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Appearance – urea: White pellet
pH before autoclaving: 6,4 - 6,6 at 25 °C
pH after autoclaving: 6,6 - 7,0 at 25 °C
for 15 minutes.
Direction: Suspend 32 g medium base and 10 g urea in one litre of distilled water and heat
Formula in g/l with frequent agitation until the medium boil well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by
Peptones 13,00 autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
2,3,5-Triphenyltetrazolium chloride 0,05 Warning!
Agar 4,00 The medium is heat sensitive.
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Formula of ready medium g/l
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Peptones 11,000
protected from light at room temperature. Sodium chloride 5,000
Urea 20,000
Quality Control: Phenol red 0,012
Positive control: Escherichia coli Buffers 3,000
Negative control: Shigella flexneri Agar 3,000
References: Tittsler and Sandholzer (1936) J. Bacteriol. 31: 575. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
NEW product MOTILITY INDOLE LYSINE (MIL) MEDIUM Quality Control:

Positive control: Proteus mirabilis, Escherichia coli, Shigella sonnei
A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially
enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of motility, indole production, lysine deaminase and lysine References: R oland at al. (1947) Ann. Inst. Pasteur 73: 914.
decarboxylase reactions. Christensen (1946) J. Bact. 52: 461.
Code Number: MIL20500, MIL25000

Colour: Beige
Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation
FORMULA in g/l
Peptones 22,50
L-Lysine 10,00
Glucose 1,00
Agar 2,00
protected from light at room tempera-ture.
Quality Control:
Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella typhimurium,
Shigella sonnei
References: Reller and Mirrett (1975) J. Clin. Microbiol. 2: 247.
65
M-PA-B AGAR Formula in g/l

Yeast extract 2,000
A selective and differential medium for the selective recovery and enumeration of Xylose 1,250
Pseudomonas aeruginosa from strongly contaminated samples. Lactose 1,250
Sucrose 1,250
Code Number: MPB20500, MPB25000 Sodium chloride 5,000
Colour: Pinkish Sodium thiosulphate 5,000
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Magnesium sulphate 1,500
Final pH: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Ferric ammonium citrate 0,800
L-Lysine 5,000
Direction: Suspend 39 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Nalidixic acid 0,037
until the medium boils well. Cool quickly! Mix well before pouring. Kanamycin 0,008
Phenol red 0,080
Warning! Agar 14,800
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Formula in g/l temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Yeast extract 2,000 protected from light at 2-8 °C, but better to use it freshly.
Xylose 1,250
Lactose 1,250 Quality Control:
Sucrose 1,250 Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Sodium chloride 5,000 Negative control: Escherichia coli
Magnesium sulphate 1,500 References: Levin and Cabelli (1972) Appl. Microbiol. 24: 864.
L-Lysine 5,000
Sulphapyridine 0,170
Cycloheximide 0,150
Nalidixic acid 0,037 MRS AGAR BASE
Kanamycin 0,008
Phenol red 0,080 A low selective medium for the isolation and cultivation of Lactobacillus spp.
Agar 15,500
Code Number: MRA20500, MRA25000
Colour: Yellowish
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium pH before autoclaving: 6,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but better to use it freshly.
Direction: Suspend 63 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of MRS Supplement
Quality Control: (MRC80100). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well.
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Warning!
References: Levin and Cabelli (1972) Appl. Microbiol. 24: 864.
To ensure the homogeneity shake well the supplement before use.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 25,50
M-PA-C AGAR Glucose 20,00
Ammonium citrate 2,00
A selective and differential medium for the selective recovery and enumeration of Magnesium sulphate 0,20
Pseudomonas aeruginosa from slightly contaminated samples. Manganese sulphate 0,05
Buffers 2,25
Code Number: MPA20500, MPA25000 Agar 13,00
Colour: Pinkish
Final pH: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
until the medium boils well. Cool quickly! Mix well before pouring. Quality Control:
Warning! Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. References: DeMan, Rogosa and Sharpe (1960) J. Appl. Bact. 23: 30.
66
MRS BROTH BASE MRVP BROTH
A low selective medium for the cultivation of Lactobacillus spp. A differential medium for the differentiation of bacteria on the basis of the methyl red and
Voges-Proskauer reactions.
Code Number: MRB20500, MRB25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: MVP20500, MVP25000
Direction: Suspend 50 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of MRS Supplement
(MRC80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into Direction: Suspend 17 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
minutes. Cool quickly!
Warning!
To ensure the homogeneity shake well the supplement before use. Formula in g/l
Peptones 7
Formula in g/l Glucose 5
Peptones 25,50 Buffers 5
Glucose 20,00
Ammonium citrate 2,00 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Magnesium sulphate 0,20 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Manganese sulphate 0,05 protected from light at room temperature.
Buffers 2,25
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control:
protected from light at room temperature. Methyl red: Escherichia coli
Voges-Proskauer: Enterobacter aerogenes
Quality Control: Negative control:
Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus Methyl red: Enterobacter aerogenes
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Voges-Proskauer: Escherichia coli
References: DeMan, Rogosa and Sharpe (1960) J. Appl. Bact. 23: 30. References: Voges and Proskauer (1898) Z. Hyg. 28: 20.
MRSA SCREEN AGAR BASE MUELLER-HINTON II AGAR
A selective medium for the presumptive identification of MRSA. An antimicrobial susceptibility testing medium which fits to the requirements of NCCLS. Medium
has extremly low concentrations of thymine and thymidine as well as appropriate levels of
Code Number: MRS20500, MRS25000 calcium and magnesium ions.
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: MHT20500, MHT25000
Direction: Suspend 39 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until pH before autoclaving: 7,2-7,4 at 25 °C
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically the contents of one vial of MRSA Selective Supplement (MSS80004) Direction: Suspend 38 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Starch soluble 1,5 Starch soluble 1,5
Agar 17,0
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control:
Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Escherichia coli,
Positive control: MRSA Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis
Negative control: MSSA
References: Mueller and Hinton (1941) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 48: 330.
67
MUELLER-HINTON AGAR, FUNGI MYCOPLASMA (PPLO) AGAR BASE
A standard medium for the antimycotical susceptibility testing. A highly nutritious medium for the preparation of media for cultivation of mycoplasmae.
Code Number: MHF20500, MHF25000 Code Number: MYA20500, MYA25000

Direction: Suspend 58 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 17,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
and add enrichments (horse serum, specially prepared yeast extract). For a selective
Formula in g/l medium (which inhibits bacteria) add inhibitors (thallium acetate and antibiotics). Mix
Peptones 19,5000 well before pouring.
Glucose 20,0000
Starch soluble 1,5000 Formula in g/l
Methylene blue 0,0005 Nutrient substrate (heart infusion, peptones) 16
Agar 17,0000 Sodium chloride 5
Agar 14
Quality Control:
Positive control: Candida albicans Quality Control:
Positive control: Mycoplasma pneumoniae
References: Mueller-Hinton (1941) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 48: 330.
References: Morton et al. (1951) Am. J. Syphil. Gonorrh. Vener. Dis.
35: 361.
RENEWed
product MUELLER-HINTON II BROTH MYCOPLASMA (PPLO) BROTH BASE
An antimicrobial susceptibility testing medium, which may be used in internationally A highly nutritious medium for the preparation of media for cultivation of mycoplasmae.
recognised standard procedures. The medium has extremely low concentrations of thymine
and thymidine as well as appropriate levels of calcium and magnesium ions. Code Number: MYB20500, MYB25000
Colour: Yellowish
Code Number: MHC20500, MHC25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Colour: Yellowish pH before autoclaving: 7,8 (approx.) at 25 °C
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 10,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
Direction: Suspend 21 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation enrichments (horse serum, specially prepared yeast extract). For a selective medium (which
until the starch dissolve completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by inhibits bacteria) add inhibitors (thallium acetate and antibiotics). Mix well. Dispense
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. aseptically into sterile final containers.

Peptones 19,5 Nutrient substrate (heart infusion, peptones) 16
Starch soluble 1,5 Sodium chloride 5
protected from light at room temperature. protected from light at room temperature.

Positive control: P seudomonas aeruginosa, Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Positive control: Mycoplasma pneumoniae
Enterococcus faecalis
References: Morton et al. (1951) Am. J. Syphil. Gonorrh. Vener. Dis. 35: 361.
References: Mueller and Hinton (1941) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 48: 330.
68
NEUTRALISING FLUID BASE, PH EUR NUTRIENT AGAR
An inactivating solution for the neutralisation of the activity of the antimicrobial agents A general purpose medium for the cultivation of non-fastidious micro-organisms.
according to PH EUR.
Code Number: NUA20500, NUA25000
Code Number: NSE20500, NSE25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 20,1 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 30 ml of Tween 80 until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Supplement (TWS80500). Mix well and keep the suspension at about 50 °C until the
lecithin completely dissolved (20-30 min). The ready broth is yellowish and slightly turbid, Formula in g/l
but exempt from any precipitate. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving Peptones 11
at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Sodium chloride 5
Agar 13
Formula in g/l
Peptone 1,0 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Histidin HCl 1,0 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Lecithin 3,0
Disodium hydrogen phosphate 7,2 Quality Control:
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 3,6 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room References: APHA (1917) Standard methods of water analysis, 3rd ed.
Quality Control:

NITRATE BROTH NUTRIENT AGAR, DEV
A differential medium for the detection of nitrate reduction. A general purpose medium for determing total microbial count of water according to DEV.
Code Number: NIT20500, NIT25000 Code Number: NUD20500, NUD25000

medium completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Meat peptone 10
Peptones 10 Meat extract 10
Potassium nitrate 2 Sodium chloride 5
Agar 18
Quality Control:
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Escherichia coli Quality Control:
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
References: M
acFaddin (1980) Biochemical Tests for the Identification of Medical Bacteria, References: DEV
2nd ed.
69
NUTRIENT BROTH NUTRIENT BROTH No.2
A general purpose medium for the cultivation of non-fastidious micro-organisms. A general purpose medium for the cultivation of micro-organisms.
Code Number: NUB20500, NUB25000 Code Number: NUN20500, NUN25000

medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes. 15 minutes.

Peptones 11 Peptones 20
Sodium chloride 5 Sodium chloride 5

Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
References: A PHA (1985) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and References: British Pharmacopoeia (1980)
Wastewater
NUTRIENT BROTH, DEV NUTRIENT GELATIN MEDIUM
A general purpose medium for determing total microbial count of water according to the A differential medium for determining of gelatinase production by proteolytic micro-
DEV. organisms.
Code Number: NBD20500, NBD25000 Code Number: GEM20500, GEM25000

medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for until the medium dissolved completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 10 Gelatin 120
Meat extract 10
Sodium chloride 5 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Quality Control: Negative control: Escherichia coli
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
References: A PHA (1960) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Sewage
References: DEV
70
RENEWed
NUTRIENT YEAST GLUCOSE AGAR product ORANGE SERUM BROTH Base
A general purpose medium for the cultivation of micro-organisms. A selective medium for the cultivation of micro-organisms in citrus juice concentrates.
Code Number: NYG20500, NYG25000 Code Number: OSB20250, OSB22500

Colour: Yellowish Packaging: 250 g broth base + 2 litre sterile, filtered, pH adjusted orange juice
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Appearance – broth base: Yellowish, homogeneous hygro-scopic powder
pH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Appearance – orange juice: Orange coloured liquid
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Direction: Suspend 12,5 g in 400 ml of distilled water. Mix well and heat gently to dissolve
the medium completely. Add 100 ml of orange juice. Mix well and dispense into final
Formula in g/l containers. Sterilise by autoclav-ing at 115 °C for 15 minutes.
Peptones 7
Yeast extract 5 Warning!
Gucose 1 The orange juice is heat sensitive.
Sodium chloride 4 No further sterilisation is neccessary or desirable.
Agar 13 For sufficient accuracy it is enough to apply the 100 ml scale
on the bottle of the orange juice.
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Peptones 18
Glucose 4
Quality Control: Buffers 3
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium and orange juice tightly closed in a
References: Turner at al. (1984) dry place at room temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the
prepared medium protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
RENEWed
product ORANGE SERUM AGAR base References: APHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for Microbiological Examination of
Foods, 4th ed.
A selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of micro-organisms in citrus juice
concentrates.
Code Number: OSA20400, OSA24000 OXYTETRACYCLINE GLUCOSE YEAST EXTRACT AGAR BASE
Packaging: 400 g agar base + 2 litre sterile, filtered, pH adjusted orange juice
Appearance – agar base: Yellowish, homogeneous hygroscopic powder A selective medium for the enumeration of moulds and yeasts.
Appearance – orange juice: Orange coloured liquid
pH before autoclaving: 5,5 (approx.) at 25 °C Code Number: OGY20500, OGY25000
Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 20 g in 400 ml of distilled water. Mix well and heat with frequent Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Coll pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
to 50 – 60 °C and add aseptically 100 ml of orange juice. Mix well before pouring.
Warning! the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
For sufficient accuracy it is enough to apply the 100 ml scale add aseptically the contents of one vial of OGYE Selective Supplement (OGS80004)
on the bottle of the orange juice. reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.

Peptones 18 Yeast extract 5,0000
Glucose 4 Glucose 20,0000
Buffers 3 Vitamin H 0,0001
Agar 15 Agar 13,0000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium and orange juice tightly closed in a Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
dry place at room temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
prepared medium protected from light at 2-8 °C. protected from light at 2-8 °C.

Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae Positive control: Aspergillus niger, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
References: A PHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for Microbiological Examination of
Foods, 4th ed. References: Mossel et al. (1970) Appl. Bact. 35: 454.
71
ÖNÖZ AGAR Quality Control: U se micro-organisms, which have known positive or negative reactions
with investigated sugars.
A selective and differential medium for the isolation of enteric micro-organisms, especially
Salmonella and some Shigella spp. References: Cruikshank (1968) Med. Microbiology 11th ed.
Code Number: ONO20500, ONO25000

Colour: Beige
Final pH: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C PEPTONE WATER, ALKALINE
Direction: Suspend 81 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the A non selective medium for the enrichment of Vibrio spp.
medium boils well. Mix well before pouring. Cool quickly!
Code Number: PEW20500-22, PEW25000-22
Formula in g/l Direction: Suspend 20 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Peptones 16,50000 medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
Bile salts 3,82500 15 minutes.
Sucrose 13,00000
Lactose 11,50000 Formula in g/l
Sodium citrate 9,30000 Peptones 10,00
Sodium thiosulphate 4,25000 Sodium chloride 10,00
L-Phenylalanine 5,00000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Metachrome yellow 0,47000 protected from light at room temperature.
Aniline blue 0,25000
Neutral red 0,02200 Quality Control:
Brilliant green 0,00166 Positive control: Vibrio cholerae
Buffers 1,00000
Agar 15,00000 References: Cruikshank (1968) Med. Microbiology 11th ed.
PEPTONE WATER WITH BROMOCRESOL PURPLE
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis A basal medium for carbohydrate fermentation studies.
Code Number: PAW20500-00, PAW25000-00
References: Önöz (1978) Zbl. Bakt. Hyg. A240: 16. Colour: Yellowish
PEPTONE WATER Direction: Suspend 15 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
A liquid medium base for carbohydrate fermentation studies. 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add the filter sterilised solution of the sugar (10 g/l) to be
examined to the medium.
Code Number: PEW20500, PEW25000
Colour: Yellowish Formula in g/l
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Peptones 10,00
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Sodium chloride 5,00
medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
the filter sterilised indicator and solution of the sugar (10 g/l) to be examined to the temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
medium. Dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes. protected from light at room temperature.
Formula in g/l Quality Control: U se micro-organisms, which have known positive and negative
Peptones 10 reactions with investigated sugars.
Sodium chloride 5
References: Cruikshank (1968) Med. Microbiology 11th ed.
72
PEPTONE WATER, BUFFERED PEPTONE WATER, DOUBLE BUFFERED
A pre-enrichment medium for the isolation of Salmonella spp. A pre-enrichment medium for the isolation of Salmonella spp.
Code Number: PWB20500, PWB25000 Code Number: PWD20500, PWD25000

medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
for 15 minutes. 15 minutes.

Peptones 10 Peptones 10
Sodium chloride 5 Sodium chloride 5
Buffers 5 Buffers 10

Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
References: A PHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for References: ISO 6579: 1993
the Microbiological Examination of Foods
PEPTONE WATER, BUFFERED, PH EUR - USP PERFRINGENS (OPSP) AGAR BASE
An enrichment medium for the test of microbial contamination according to PH EUR A selective and differential medium for the enumeration of Clostridium perfringens.
(Buffered Sodium Chloride Peptone Solution pH 7.0 - Harmonised).
Code Number: POB20500, POB25000
Code Number: PBE20500, PBE25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 23,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Direction: Suspend 16 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
medium completely. Surface-active agents or inactivators of antimicrobial agents may be and add aseptically the contents of one vial each of Perfringens Selective Supplements,
added to this solution, such as: TWEEN 80 Supplement (TWS80100) 1 g/l to 10 g/l. Dispense OPSP, A + B (POS80004) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well
into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. before pouring.

Peptone 1,0 Peptones 33,5
Sodium chloride 4,3 Sodium metabisulphite 1,0
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 3,6 Ferric ammonium citrate 1,0
Disodium hydrogen phosphate 7,1 Buffers 1,5
Agar 10,0
Quality Control:
Positive control: Salmonella typhimurium Quality Control:
References: Harmon et al. (1971) J. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 688.
Sahidi and Fergusson (1971) J. Appl. Microbiol. 21: 500.
73
PERFRINGENS (TSC+SFP) AGAR BASE
A selective and differential medium for the enumeration and presumptive identification of
Clostridium perfringens.
Code Number: PAB20500, PAB25000

Colour: Yellowish
pH before autoclaving: 7,6 (approx.) at 20°C
Direction for TSC/SFP Agar:

Suspend 23,5 g in 475 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
aseptically 25 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Emulsion (EYE80025) and the contents of one vial of
Perfringens Selective Supplement, TSC (PSS80004) or one vial of Perfringens Selective
Supplement, SFP (PFS80004) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix
Direction for Egg Yolk Free TSC/SFP Agar:

Suspend 23,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
aseptically the contents of one vial of Perfringens Selective Supplement, TSC (PSS80004) or
Perfringens Selective Supplement, SFP (PFS80004) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 31
Sodium metabisulphite 1
Ferric ammonium citrate 1
Agar 14
Quality Control:
References: Harmon et al. (1971) J. Appl. Microbiol. 22: 688.
74
PharmaBio® BAIRD-PARKER AGAR BASE PharmaBio® KING B AGAR BASE
Code Number: PBPA20500, PBPA25000 Code Number: PKAB20500, PKAB25000
See: Baird-Parker Agar Base, PH EUR See: King B Agar Base, USP
PharmaBio® BRILLIANT GREEN (BPLS) AGAR PharmaBio® LACTOSE BROTH
Code Number: PBPE20500, PBPE25000 Code Number: PLAB20500, PLAB25000
See: Brilliant Green (BPLS) Agar, PH EUR See: Lactose Broth, PH EUR
PharmaBio® Casein Peptone Lecithin

Polysorbate Broth base PharmaBio® LACTOSE SULPHITE BROTH BASE
Code Number: PCLP20500, PCLP25000 Code Number: PLSU20500, PLSU25000
See: Casein Peptone Lecithin Polysorbate Broth Base, USP See: Lactose Sulphite Broth Base, PH EUR
PharmaBio® CETRIMIDE AGAR BASE PharmaBio® MACCONKEY AGAR
Code Number: PCAB20500, PCAB25000 Code Number: PMCE20500, PMCE25000
See: Cetrimide Agar Base, PH EUR - USP See: MacConkey Agar, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® COLUMBIA AGAR PharmaBio® MACCONKEY BROTH
Code Number: PCLE20500, PCLE25000 Code Number: PMBE20500, PMBE25000
See: Columbia Agar, PH EUR - USP See: MacConkey Broth, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® DEOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR PharmaBio® MANNITOL SALT AGAR
Code Number: PDCE20500, PDCE25000 Code Number: PMSA20500, PMSA25000
See: Deoxycholate Citrate Agar, PH EUR See: Mannitol Salt Agar, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® EE BROTH PharmaBio® NEUTRALISING FLUID BASE
Code Number: PEEB20500, PEEB25000 Code Number: PNSE20500, PNSE25000
See: EE Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Neutralising Fluid Base, PH EUR
PharmaBio® EOSIN METHYLENE BLUE AGAR PharmaBio® PEPTON WATER, BUFFERED
Code Number: PEMB20500, PEMB25000 Code Number: PPBE20500, PPBE25000
See: Eosin Methylene Blue Agar, USP See: Pepton Water, Buffered, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® KING A AGAR BASE PharmaBio® POTATO DEXTROSE AGAR
Code Number: PKAA20500, PKAA25000 Code Number: PPDA20500, PPDA25000
See: King A Agar Base, USP See: Potato Dextrose Agar, PH EUR - USP
75
PharmaBio® R2A AGAR PharmaBio® THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM
Code Number: PR2A20500, PR2A25000 Code Number: PTHM20500, PTHM25000
See: R2A Agar, PH EUR See: Thioglycollate Medium, PH EUR
PharmaBio® RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS BROTH BASE PharmaBio® TRYPTONE SOYA AGAR
Code Number: PRVB20500, PRVB25000 Code Number: PTSE20500, PTSE25000
See: Rappaport-Vassiliadis Broth Base, PH EUR - USP See: Tryptone Soya Agar, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® Reinforced clostridial medium PharmaBio® TRYPTONE SOYA BROTH
Code Number: PRcm20500, PRcm25000 Code Number: PTSB20500, PTSB25000
See: Reinforced Clostridial (RCM-DRCM) Medium Base, PH EUR - USP See: Tryptone Soya Broth, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL AGAR PharmaBio® TSI AGAR
Code Number: PSCE20500, PSCE25000 Code Number: PTSI20500, PTSI25000
See: Sabouraud Chloramphenicol Agar, PH EUR See: Triple Sugar Iron (TSI) Agar, PH EUR
PharmaBio® SABOURAUD DEXTROSE (4%) AGAR PharmaBio® VIOLET RED BILE GLUCOSE AGAR, PH EUR
Code Number: PSDA20500, PSDA25000 Code Number: PVBE20500, PVBE25000
See: Sabouraud Dextrose (4%) Agar, PH EUR - USP See: Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar, PH EUR
PharmaBio® SABOURAUD DEXTROSE BROTH PharmaBio® VIOLET RED BILE GLUCOSE AGAR, PH EUR - USP
Code Number: PSDB20500, PSDB25000 Code Number: PVBH20500, PVBH25000
See: Sabouraud Dextrose Broth, PH EUR - USP See: Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® SELENITE CYSTINE BROTH BASE PharmaBio® VOGEL-JOHNSON AGAR BASE
Code Number: PSCB20500, PSCB25000 Code Number: PVJA20500, PVJA25000
See: Selenite Cystine Broth Base, USP See: Vogel-Johnson Agar Base, USP
PharmaBio® TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, PH EUR PharmaBio® XLD AGAR
Code Number: PTTE20500, PTTE25000 Code Number: PXLD20500, PXLD25000
See: Tetrathionate Broth Base, PH EUR See: XLD Agar, PH EUR - USP
PharmaBio® TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, USP
Code Number: PTTB20500, PTTB25000
See: Tetrathionate Broth Base, USP
76
PHENOL RED AGAR BASE PHENYLALANINE AGAR
A solid medium base for the carbohydrate fermentation studies. A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis
of phenylalanine deamination.
Code Number: PHA20500, PHA25000
Colour: Pinkish Code Number: PNA20500, PNA25000
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C Direction: Suspend 26 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
and add the filter sterilised sugar (10 g/l) solution to be examined to the medium. Dispense until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
aseptically into sterile test tubes and allow to cool in slanted position to form slant with for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position.
deep butt.
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l L-Phenylalanine 1
Peptones 10,00 Yeast extract 3
Sodium chloride 5,00 Sodium chloride 5
Phenol red 0,02 Buffers 2
Agar 15,00 Agar 15
Quality Control: U se micro-organisms, which have known positive or negative reactions Quality Control:
with investigated sugars. Positive control: Proteus mirabilis
References: E wing (1986) Edwards and Ewing’s Identification of
Remarks: Use Phenylalanine Deaminase Reagent (PAD60200) to make the positive
Enterobacteriaceae, 4th ed. reaction visible.
References: Henrikson (1950) J. Bacteriol. 60: 225.
PHENOL RED BROTH BASE PHENYLALANINE RHAMNOSE (FARH) AGAR
A liquid medium base for the carbohydrate fermentation studies. A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis
of phenylalanine deamination and rhamnose fermentation.
Code Number: PHB20500, PHB25000
Colour: Pinkish Code Number: PRH20500, PRH25000
medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add Direction: Suspend 12 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
the filter sterilised sugar (10 g/l) solution to be examined to the medium. Dispense until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
aseptically into sterile test tubes. for 15 minutes.

Sodium chloride 5,00 Rhamnose 1,00
Phenol red 0,02 Sodium chloride 2,00
L-Phenylalanine 1,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Bromothymol blue 0,04
protected from light at at room temperature. Agar 5,00
Quality Control: U se micro-organisms, which have known positive or negative reactions Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
with investigated sugars. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: E wing (1986) Edwards and Ewing’s Identification
of Enterobacteriaceae, 4th ed. Quality Control:
References: Henrikson (1950) J. Bacteriol. 60: 225.
77
PHENYLETHYL ALCOHOL (PEA) AGAR BASE PLATE COUNT AGAR
A selective medium for the for the isolation of Gram-positive aerobe and anaerobe bacteria. A standard medium for the enumeration of total viable micro-organisms.
Code Number: PED20500, PED25000 Code Number: PCA20500, PCA25000

Direction: Suspend 45 g in 950 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until Direction: Suspend 23,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
the medium boils well. Add 2,5 ml of Phenylethanol Supplement (PEE80030). Mix well and until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of
sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring. Formula in g/l
Tryptone 5,0
Formula in g/l Yeast extract 2,5
Anaerobe vitamins 0,415
Quality Control:
Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacteriodes fragilis References: APHA (1978) Standard Methods for the Examination of Dairy Products
Negative control: Proteus mirabilis
References: Brewer and Lilley (1953) J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 42: 6.
PIKE BROTH PLATE COUNT AGAR No.2
A selective medium for the cultivation of enterococci. A standard medium for the enumeration of total viable micro-organisms.
Code Number: PBB20500, PBB25000 Code Number: PAT20500, PAT25000

medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Warning! Tryptone 5
The medium is heat sensitive. Beef extract 3
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Glucose 1
Agar 15
Formula in g/l
Peptones 30,700 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Glucose 0,200 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Sodium azide 0,065 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Violet red 0,002
Quality Control:
protected from light at room temperature. References: APHA (1980) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 15th ed.
Quality Control:
References: Pike (1944) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 57: 187.
78
NEW product PLATE COUNT AGAR, ISO 6222 PLATE COUNT SKIM MILK AGAR
A standard medium for the enumeration of total viable micro-organisms from water A non-selective medium for the enumeration of viable micro-organisms in milk and dairy
according to the ISO 6222. products.
Code Number: PCW20500, PCW25000 Code Number: PCS20500, PCS25000

Direction: Suspend 24 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation Direction: Suspend 23 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation

Peptones 6 Tryptone 5,0
Yeast extract 3 Yeast extract 2,5
Agar 15 Glucose monohydrate 1,0
Skim milk powder 1,0
Positive control: Escherichia coli , Staphylococcus aureus
Quality Control:
References: ISO 6222: 1999 Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
References: A PHA (1985) Standard Methods for the Examination of Dairy Products, 15rd ed.
ISO 6610: 2002
PLATE COUNT BROTH POTATO DEXTROSE AGAR, PH EUR - USP
A non-selective medium for the enumeration of total viable micro-organisms with MPN A selective medium for the detection, isolation and enumeration of yeasts and moulds
procedure. according to PH EUR (Potato Dextrose Agar - Harmonised).
Code Number: PCB20500, PCB25000 Code Number: PDA20500, PDA25000

Direction: Suspend 9 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 39 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 10 minutes. If it is necessary to
15 minutes. adjust the pH 3.5 (approx.), cool to 55 °C and add aseptically Lactic Acid Solution (LAS80100)
to the medium in the necessary quantity (approx. 10 ml). Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 8 Warning!
Glucose 1 The medium is heat sensitive.
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Once acidified with lactic acid, the medium should not be re-heated.
protected from light at room temperature. Formula in g/l
Dextrose 20
Quality Control: Potato extract 4
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus Agar 15
Quality Control:
79
POTATO DEXTROSE BROTH PURPLE LACTOSE AGAR BASE, MODIFIED
A selective medium for the cultivation of yeasts and moulds. A differential medium for the isolation, enumeration and presumptive identification of
micro-organisms from urine.
Code Number: PDB20500, PDB25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: BLA20500, BLA25000
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Direction: Suspend 46 g in 980 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until
15 minutes. the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically 20 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring.
Formula in g/l
Dextrose 20 Formula in g/l
Potato extract 4 Peptones 20,000
Lactose 10,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium tiosulphate 0,200
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Ferrous citrate 0,200
protected from light at room temperature. L-Cystine 0,100
Esculin 0,500
Quality Control: Bromocresol purple 0,025
Positive control: Aspergilus niger, Candida albicans Agar 15,000
References: A PHA (2001) Compendium of Methods for the Microbiological Examination Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
of Foods, 4th ed. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Enterococcus faecalis
PSEUDOMONAS ISOLATION AGAR BASE R2A AGAR, PH EUR
A selective medium for isolation and identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. A non-selective medium for the bacteriological examination of water according to PH EUR
(Agar Medium S).
Code Number: PIA20500, PIA25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: R2A20500, R2A25000
Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 20 ml of Glyc-erol Supplement
(GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by Direction: Suspend 18 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Peptones 20,600 Proteose peptone 0,500
Potassium sulphate 10,000 Casein peptone 0,500
Magnesium chloride 1,400 Yeast extract 0,500
Irgasan 0,025 Glucose 0,500
Agar 13,000 Starch soluble 0,500
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Magnesium sulphate, anhydrous 0,024
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 0,300
Positive control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Negative control: Escherichia coli protected from light at 2-8 °C.
References: Lenette et al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiology, 4th ed. Quality Control:

80
R2A BROTH RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS (MSRV) MEDIUM BASE
A non-selective medium for the bacteriological examination of water. A semi-solid selective medium for the detection of motile salmonellae.
Code Number: R2B20500, R2B25000 Code Number: MSR20500, MSR25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Greenish
Direction: Suspend 3,2 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Fill up 10 ml of DIASALM-MSRV Magnesium Chloride Solution (DSM80500) to
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 500 ml with distilled water. Suspend 10,5 g of dehydrated medium and heat with frequent
15 minutes. agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one
vial of Novobiocin (10 mg) Supplement (DSN80004-10) reconstituted with
Formula in g/l 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Peptones 1,500
Glucose 0,500 Warning!
Starch soluble 0,500 The medium is heat sensitive.
Sodium pyruvate 0,300 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Magnesium sulphate, anhydrous 0,024
Buffers 0,300 Formula in g/l
Peptones 9,180
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Malachite green 0,037
protected from light at room temperature. Buffers 1,470
Agar 3,000
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: S tark and McCoy (1938) Zentralb. Bakt. Parasit. Infekt. Hyg. Abt. 2. 98: 201. protected from light at 2-8 °C
Quality Control:
RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS BROTH BASE, PH EUR - USP Negative control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa
A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae according to PH EUR (Rappaport- References: De Smedt et al. (1986) J. Food Prot. 48: 510
Vassiliadis Salmonella Enrichment Broth - Harmonised).
Code Number: RVB20500, RVB25000

Colour: Greenish REINFORCED CLOSTRIDIAL (RCM) AGAR
Final pH: 5,2 (approx.) at 25 °C A non-selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of anaerobes, especially
Clostridium spp.
Direction: Fill up 27 ml of Rappaport-Vassiliadis Magnesium Chloride Solution
(RMG81000) to one litre with distilled water. Suspend 13,5 g of dehydrated medium and Code Number: RCA20500, RCA25000
heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise Colour: Yellowish
by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction: Suspend 51 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Soya peptone 4,500 Peptones 23,0
Sodium chloride 8,000 Glucose 5,0
Malachite green 0,036 Starch soluble 1,0
Dipotassium phosphate 0,400 Sodium chloride 5,0
Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 0,600 Sodium acetate 3,0
L-Cysteine 0,5
Negative control: Escherichia coli Quality Control:
References: R appaport et al. (1956) J. Clin. Path. 9: 261.
European Pharmacopoeia 5.6 References: Hirsh and Grinsted (1954) J. Dairy Res. 21: 101.
81
REINFORCED CLOSTRIDIAL Formula in g/l

(RCM-DRCM) MEDIUM BASE, PH EUR - USP Peptones 23,000
Glucose 5,000
A semi-solid medium for the cultivation and enumeration of anaerobes, especially Starch soluble 1,000
Clostridium spp. according to PH EUR (Medium P - Reinforced Media for Clostridia - Sodium chloride 5,000
Harmonised). Sodium acetate 3,000
Code Number: RCM20500, RCM25000 Sodium metabisulphite 0,500
Colour: Yellowish L-Cysteine 0,500
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Resazurin 0,002
Direction for RCM medium: Suspend 38 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise protected from light at room temperature.
by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Quality Control:
Direction for DRCM medium: Suspend 19 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with Positive control: Clostridium perfringens
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for 15
minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 10 drops (0,5 ml) of Sodium Metabisulphite References: Gibbs and Freame (1965) J. Appl. Bact. 28: 95.
Solution, Sterile (SMS80030) and 10 drops (0,5 ml) of Ferric Ammonium Citrate Solution,
Sterile (FAC80030). Mix well and dispense aseptically into final containers.

Formula in g/l RINGER SOLUTION, ¼ STRENGTH
Peptones 10,0
Beef extract 10,0 A sterile isotonic diluent for bacteriological specimens.
Yeast extract 3,0
Glucose monohydrate 5,0 Code Number: RIS20500, RIS25000
Starch soluble 1,0 Colour: White
Sodium chloride 5,0 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Sodium acetate 3,0 pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
L-Cysteine 0,5
Agar 0,5 Direction: Suspend 2,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room 15 minutes.
protected from light at room temperature. Formula in g/l
Quality Control: Potassium chloride 0,10
Positive control: lostridium perfringens Calcium chloride 0,10
Sodium bicarbonate 0,05
References: E uropean Pharmacopoeia 5.6
Hirsh and Grinsted (1954) J. Dairy Res. 21: 101. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Gibbs and Freame (1965) J. Appl. Bact. 28: 95. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: Davis (1956) Lab. Cont. of Dairy Plant.
RENEWed
REINFORCED CLOSTRIDIAL DIFFERENTIAL BROTH product ROGOSA AGAR BASE
A non-selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of anaerobes, especially A selective medium for the isolation and enumeration of Lactobacillus spp.
Clostridium spp. by the MPN method.
Code Number: ROA20500
Code Number: RCD20500, RCD25000 Packaging: 500 g agar base + 1 litre salt solution
Colour: Yellowish Appearance – agar base: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Appearance – salt solution: Colourless solution
Direction: Suspend 38,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Fill up 100 ml of Rogosa Salt Solution to one litre with distilled water. Suspend
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 50 g of dehydrated medium and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well
15 minutes. (2-3 min.). If it is necessary to adjust the pH 5.4 (approx.) cool to 50 °C and add glacial acetic
acid to the me-dium in the necessary quantity (1,3 ml approx.). Mix well before pour-ing.
82
Warning! ROSE BENGAL DICHLORAN AGAR

No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. A selective medium for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds. The dicloran enhance the
Once acidified with glacial ecetic acid, the medium should not be re-heated. selectivity of medium.
Formula for one litre of the complete medium Code Number: RBD20500, RBD25000
Peptones 15,200 Colour: Pinkish
Glucose 20,000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Sodium acetate 17,000 pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
Ammonium citrate 2,000
Magnesium sulphate 0,575 Direction: Suspend 32 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Manganese sulphate 0,120 until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
TWEEN 80 1,000 Formula in g/l
Buffers 6,000 Peptones 5,400
Agar 20,000 Glucose 10,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Chloramphenicol 0,100
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the pre-pared medium Dichloran 0,002
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Rose bengal 0,050
Buffers 1,000
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: Rogosa et al. (1951) J. Appl. Bact. 62: 132. protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae
References: APHA (1978) Standard Method for the Examination of Dairy Products,14th ed.
ROSE BENGAL CHLORAMPHENICOL AGAR RPMI MOPS AGAR BASE
A selective medium for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds. A standard medium for the antimycotical susceptibility testing with Etest.
Code Number: RBA20500, RBA25000 Code Number: RGM20500, RGM25000

Colour: Pinkish Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 32 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 17,5 g in 400 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
Heat gently 100 ml of RPMI MOPS Solution, Sterile (RGS80100) to 50 °C and add aseptically
Formula in g/l to the agar base. Mix well before pouring.
Peptones 5,40
Glucose 10,00 Formula in g/l
Magnesium sulphate 0,50 Glucose 20
Chloramphenicol 0,10 Agar 15
Rose bengal 0,05
Buffers 1,00 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Quality Control:
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae References: www.abbiodisk.com
References: A PHA (1978) Standard Method for the Examination of Dairy Products, 14th ed.
83
RUSSEL AGAR SABOURAUD DEXTROSE (2%) AGAR
A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis A non-selective medium for the cultivation of pathogenic and non-pathogenic fungi,
of carbohydrate fermentation and production of hy-drogen sulphite. particularly dermatophytes.
Code Number: RUS20500, RUS25000 Code Number: SDD20500, SDD25000

until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position to form slant with deep butt.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 8,4 Glucose 20
Lactose 10,0 Agar 15
Sucrose 1,0
Glucose 0,5 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Sodium tiosulphate 0,5 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Andrade indicator 0,1 Quality Control:
Buffers 1,0 Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Agar 12,0
References: Emmons et al. (1977) Medical Mycology
Quality Control:
Positive control:
Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis,
Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Proteus mirabilis
References: R ussel and Krumwiede (1935)
SABOURAUD DEXTROSE (1%) MALTOSE (1%) AGAR SABOURAUD DEXTROSE (4%) AGAR, PH EUR - USP
A selective medium for the cultivation moulds and yeasts. A selective medium for the cultivation and isolation of pathogenic and non pathogenic
yeasts and fungi, particularly dermatophytes according to PH EUR (Sabouraud Dextrose
Code Number: SDM20500, SDM25000 Agar - Harmonised).
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: SDA20500, SDA25000
Peptones 10
Glucose 10 Formula in g/l
Maltose 10 Casein peptone 5
Agar 15 Meat peptone 5
Glucose 40
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Agar 15
Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Quality Control:
References: Sabouraud (1892) Ann. Dermatol. Syphil. 3: 1061. Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
References: Sabouraud (1892) Ann. Dermatol. Syphil. 3: 1061.

European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
84
SABOURAUD MALTOSE (4%) AGAR SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL AGAR, PH EUR
A selective medium for the isolation of dermatophytes and other yeasts and fungi. A selective medium for the isolation of all species of fungi according to PH EUR (Agar
Medium C - Sabouraud Glucose Agar with Chloramphenicol).
Code Number: SMA20500, SMA25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: SCE20500, SCE25000
Formula in g/l
Peptones 10 Formula in g/l
Maltose 40 Peptones 10,00
Agar 15 Glucose monohydrate 40,00
Chloramphenicol 0,05
Quality Control: protected from light at 2-8 °C (plates) or at room temperature (tubes).
Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Quality Control:
References: Sabouraud (1892) Ann. Dermatol. Syphil. 3: 1061. Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes

SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL AGAR SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL ACTIDION AGAR
A selective medium for the isolation of all species of fungi and dermatophytes from A selective medium for the isolation of dermatophytes from specimens containing mixed
contaminated specimens. flora.
Code Number: SCH20500, SCH25000 Code Number: SCA20500, SCA25000


Sabouraud Dextrose (2%) Agar 44,5 Sabouraud Dextrose (2%) Agar 44,0
Chloramphenicol 0,5 Chloramphenicol 0,5
Cycloheximide 0,5
protected from light at 2-8 °C (plates) or at room temperature (tubes). temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes Quality Control:
Negative control: Escherichia coli Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
85
SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL GENTAMICIN AGAR SABOURAUD Dextrose BROTH, PH EUR - USP
A selective medium for the isolation of all species of yeasts and other fungi from A sterility test medium for the detection yeasts and moulds according to PH EUR
contaminated specimens. (Sabouraud Dextrose Broth - Harmonised).
Code Number: SCG20500, SCG25000 Code Number: SDB20500, SDB25000

Direction: Suspend 45 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Sabouraud Dextrose (2%) Agar 44,90 Formula in g/l
Chloramphenicol 0,05 Casein peptone 5
Gentamicin 0,01 Meat peptone 5
Glucose 20
protected from light at 2-8 °C (plates) or at room temperature (tubes). temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes Quality Control:
Negative control: Escherichia coli Positive control: Candida albicans, Aspergillus niger
References: Sabouraud (1892) Ann. Dermatol. Syphil. 3: 1061. References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL
GENTAMICIN TETRAZOLIUM AGAR SABOURAUD CHLORAMPHENICOL BROTH
A selective medium for the isolation and differentiation of Candida spp. A selective medium for the cultivation of all species of fungi and dermatophytes from
contaminated specimens.
Code Number: STG20500, STG25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: SCC20500, SCC25000
until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes (100x16mm) and sterilise by Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position. medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Sabouraud Dextrose (2%) Agar 44,60 Formula in g/l
Chloramphenicol 0,25 Peptones 10,0
Gentamicin 0,10 Glucose 19,5
Triphenyltetrazolium chloride 0,05 Chloramphenicol 0,5

Positive control: Candida albicans Positive control: Candida albicans, Trichophyton mentagrophytes
References: Pagano et al. (1958) Antibiotics Ann. 6: 137. References: Sabouraud (1892) Ann. Dermatol. Syphil. 3: 1061.
86
SALMONELLA SHIGELLA (SS) AGAR, MODIFIED SCHAEDLER AGAR
A selective and differential medium for the isolation of enteric micro-organisms, especially A non-selective medium for the isolation and cultivation of anaerobe bacteria.
Salmonella and some Shigella spp. The medium supplemented with phenylalanine is suitable to
distinguish Salmonella spp. from Proteus spp. Code Number: SAA20500, SAA25000
Colour: Yellowish
Code Number: SSA20500, SSA25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Colour: Beige pH before autoclaving: 7,6 (approx.) at 25 °C
Final pH: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 42 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. If it is
Direction: Suspend 66 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the necessary to supplement with blood, cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile
medium boils well. Cool quickly! Mix well before pouring. defibrinated blood. Mix well before pouring.

The medium is heat sensitive. Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 18,000
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Glucose 5,800
Formula in g/l L-Cysteine 0,400
Peptones 12,0000 Vitamins 0,011
Bile salts 8,5000 Buffers (TRIS and phosphates) 3,100
Lactose 10,0000 Agar 13,000
Sodium thiosulphate 8,5000 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Ferric citrate 1,0000 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
L-Phenylalanine 1,0000 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Neutral red 0,0250
Brilliant green 0,0003 Quality Control:
Agar 15,0000 Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Clostridium perfringens
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room References: Schaedler et al. (1965) J. Exp. Med. 122: 59.
light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis
References: Leifson (1935) J. Path. Bact. 40: 476. SCHAEDLER BROTH
An enrichment medium for the general cultivation of anaerobe bacteria.
SALT BROTH Code Number: SAB20500, SAB25000

Colour: Yellowish
A selective medium for the presumptive identification of enterococci by determining their Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
salt tolerance. pH before autoclaving: 7,6 (approx.) at 25 °C
Code Number: SBR20500, SBR25000 Direction: Suspend 29 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Colour: Yellowish medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Direction: Suspend 85 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 18,000
medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 Glucose 5,800
minutes. Sodium chloride 1,700
L-Cysteine 0,400
Formula in g/l Vitamins 0,011
Peptones 20 Buffers (TRIS and phosphates) 3,100
Sodium chloride 65
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Clostridium perfringens
Negative control: Escherichia coli References: Schaedler et al. (1965) J. Exp. Med. 122: 59.
87
SELENITE BROTH BASE Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae. protected from light at room temperature.
Code Number: SEB20500, SEB25000 Quality Control:

Colour: Yellowish Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Negative control: Escherichia coli
References: North and Bartam (1953) Appl. Microbiol. 1: 130.
Direction: Dissolve 4 grams of Selenite Supplement (SES80110) in one litre of distilled United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005)
water. Suspend 19 g of dehydrated medium and heat gently to dissolve the medium
completely. Dispense into final containers. In case of not using the medium on the day of
preparation, sterilise at 100 °C for 10 minutes. Cool quickly! A small amount of coloured
precipitate is not detrimental. SELENITE CYSTINE MANNITOL BROTH BASE
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae. The L-Cystine and the
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. replacing lactose with mannitol improves the recovery of salmonellae.
Formula in g/l Code Number: SCM20500, SCM25000

Peptones 5 Colour: Yellowish
Lactose 4 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Buffers 10 pH before autoclaving: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Direction: Dissolve 4 grams of Selenite Supplement (SES80110) in one litre of distilled
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium water. Suspend 19 g of dehydrated medium and heat gently to dissolve the medium
protected from light at room temperature. completely. Dispense into final containers. In case of not using the medium on the day of
Quality Control: precipitate is not detrimental.
Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis Warning!
Negative control: Escherichia coli The medium is heat sensitive.
References: Leifson (1936) Am. J. Hyg. 24: 423.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 5,00
Mannitol 4,00
L-Cystine 0.01
SELENITE CYSTINE BROTH BASE, USP Buffers 10,00
A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae according to USP. The Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
L-Cystine improves the recovery of salmonellae. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Code Number: SCB20500, SCB25000
Colour: Yellowish Quality Control:
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Final pH: 7,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Negative control: Escherichia coli
Direction: Dissolve 4 grams of Selenite Supplement (SES80110) in one litre of distilled References: H obbs and Allison (1945) Mon. Bull. Min. Hlth Pub. Hlth Lab. Serv. 4: 12.
water. Suspend 19 g of dehydrated medium and heat gently to dissolve the medium
completely. Dispense into final containers. In case of not using the medium on the day of
precipitate is not detrimental.
Warning!
Formula in g/l
Peptones 5,00
Lactose 4,00
L-Cystine 0.01
Buffers 10,00
88
SHIGELLA BROTH BASE SIMMONS CITRATE AGAR
A selective medium for the selective enrichment of shigellae. A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative bacteria on the basis of
citrate utilisation.
Code Number: SHB20500, SHB25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: CIT20500, CIT25000
Direction: Suspend 15 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add Direction: Suspend 24 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
aseptically one vial of Shigella Selective Supplement (SBS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile containers. Allow to cool in slanted position.

Peptones 20 Sodium citrate 2,00
Glucose 1 Sodium chloride 5,00
Sodium chloride 5 Magnesium sulphate 0,20
Buffers 4 Bromothymol blue 0,08
Buffers 1,70
Positive control: Shigella sonnei
Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis Quality Control:
Positive control: Klebsiella pneumoniae
References: FDA (1988) Bacteriological Analytical Manual, 8th ed. Negative control: Escherichia coli
References: Simmons (1926) J. Infect. Dis. 39: 209.
RENEWed
SIM MEDIUM product SLANETZ-BARTLEY AGAR BASE
A differential medium for the differentiation of enteric bacteria on the basis of motility, A selective medium for the detection of enterococci.
hydrogen sulphite and indole production.
Code Number: SLA20500, SLA25000
Code Number: SIM20500, SIM25000 Colour: Yellowish
Colour: Yellowish Appearance: Slightly adherent homogeneous hy-groscopic powder
Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C aseptically 10 drops (0,5 ml) of TTC Solution, Sterile (TTC80030). Mix well before pouring.
for 15 minutes.
Warning!
Formula in g/l The medium is heat sensitive.
Peptones 26,0 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Ferrous ammonium sulphate 0,2 Formula in g/l
Agar 3,6 Peptones 25,0
Glucose 2,0
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium azide 0,4
protected from light at room temperature. Agar 12,5
Positive control: Shigella sonnei, Proteus mirabilis, Escherichia coli temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: Blazevic (1968) Appl. Microbiol. 16: 668.
Quality Control:
References: Slanetz and Bartley (1957) J. Bact. 74: 591.
89
SPS AGAR SUGAR FREE AGAR
A selective medium for the isolation and enumeration of Clostridium perfringens. A selective medium for the enumeration of contaminants in dairy products.
Code Number: SPS20500, SPS25000 Code Number: SFA20500, SFA25000

Direction: Suspend 40 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with fre-quent agitation Direction: Suspend 35 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Sodium sulphite 0,50 Sodium chloride 5
Ferric citrate 0,50 Agar 15
Sulfadiazine 0,12
Polymyxin B 0,01 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Positive control: Escherichia coli
Negative control: Lactobacillus acidophilus
Quality Control:
Positive control: Clostridium perfringens References: International Dairy Federation (1964) International standard count of
Negative control: Escherichia coli contaminating organisms in butter. International Standard FILIDF30
References: Angelotti et al. (1962) Applied Microbiol. 10: 193.
TCBS AGAR
STAPHYLOCOCCUS AGAR No.110 A selective medium for the isolation of pathogenic vibrios.
A selective medium for the isolation and presumptive identification of pathogenic Code Number: TCB20500, TCB25000
staphylococci. Colour: Beige
Code Number: STM20500, STM25000 Final pH: 8,6 (approx.) at 25 °C
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Direction: Suspend 91 g in one litre of distilled water and soak for 10 minutes. Heat with
pH before autoclaving: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring.
Direction: Suspend 150 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the Warning!
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Disperse the precipitate by The medium is heat sensitive.
gentle agitation before pouring. No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.

Mannitol 10 Sucrose 20,00
Lactose 2 Bacteriological bile 8,00
Sodium chloride 75 Sodium chloride 10,00
Gelatin 30 Sodium citrate 10,00
Buffers 5 Sodium thiosulphate 10,00
Agar 15 Ferric citrate 1,00
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Thymol blue 0,04
Positive control: Staphylococcus aureus protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
References: A PHA (1976) Compendium of Methods for Positive control: Vibrio cholerae
the Microbiological Examination of Foods Negative control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
References: Kobayashi et al. (1963) Jap. J. Bact. 18. 10-11: 387.
90
TERGITOL 7 AGAR BASE TEST AGAR, pH 7.2
A differential and selective medium for the detection and enumeration of coliforms. A non-selective medium for the detection of antimicrobial inhibitors.
Code Number: TEA20500, TEA25000 Code Number: T7220500, T7225000

pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C pH before autoclaving: 7,1 - 7,3 at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 54 g in one litre of distilled water and boil to dissolve the medium Direction: Suspend 26 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121°C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and aseptically until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
add 10 drops of Tergitol 7 TTC Solution (TES80007). Mix well before pouring. and add aseptically 1 ml Bacillus subtilis spore suspension. Mix well and pour plates
immediately.
Formula in g/l
Lactose 20,00 Peptones 7,0
Tergitol 7 0,10 Sodium chloride 5,0
Bromothymol blue 0,05 Buffer 0,8
Agar 13,00 Agar 13,2
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a cool dry place and
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium in the dark, at 1-3 °C.
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than one week. Do not freeze! Addititonal packing in a wealded plastic bag is highly recommended.

Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis Positive control: Bacillus subtilis
References: Levetzow (1971) Bundesgesundheitsblatt 14, 15/16: 211.
References: Chapman (1947) J. Bact. 53: 504.
TEST AGAR, pH 6.0 TEST AGAR, pH 8.0
A non-selective medium for the detection of antimicrobial inhibitors. A non-selective medium for the detection of antimicrobial inhibitors.
Code Number: T6020500, T6025000 Code Number: T8020500, T8025000

pH before autoclaving: 5,9 - 6,1 at 25 °C pH before autoclaving: 7,9 - 8,1 at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 25 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Direction: Suspend 27,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
and add aseptically 1 ml Bacillus subtilis spore suspension. Mix well and pour plates and add aseptically 1 ml Bacillus subtilis spore suspension. Mix well and pour plates
immediately. immediately.

Agar 13,0 Buffer 2,4
Agar 13,1
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a cool dry place and
use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium in the dark, at 1-3 °C. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a cool dry place and
Do not freeze! Addititonal packing in a wealded plastic bag is highly recommended. use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium in the dark, at 1-3 °C.
Do not freeze! Addititonal packing in a wealded plastic bag is highly recommended.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Bacillus subtilis Quality Control:
Positive control: Bacillus subtilis
91
TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, MULLER-KAUFFMAN Formula in g/l

Peptones 13,4
A selective medium for the enrichment of salmonellae with inhibition of proteae. Bile salts 4,8
Calcium carbonate 38,7
Code Number: MTB20500, MTB25000 Sodium thiosulphate 30,5
Colour: Yellowish Sodium chloride 2,6
the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 10 ml of Brilliant Green Solution, Quality Control:
0,1% (BGS80100-DC). Mix well and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Tetrathionate Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Iodine-Iodide Selective Supplement (TTS80010) reconstituted with 10 ml of sterile distilled Negative control: Proteus mirabilis
water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Warning!
Do not heat after the addition of the supplement.
The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation. TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, PH EUR
Formula in g/l
A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae according to PH EUR (Broth
Peptones 7,0
Medium I – Tetrathionate Bile Brillant Green Broth).
Code Number: TTE20500, TTE25000
Calcium carbonate 25,0
Colour: Yellowish
Sodium chloride 4,5
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from Direction: Suspend 31,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
light at 2-8 °C. until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of
Tetrathionate Iodine-Iodide Selective Supplement (TTS80010) reconstituted with 10 ml of
Quality Control: sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Negative control: Escherichia coli Warning!
References: M
uller (1923) C. R. Soc. Biol. 89: 434. Do not heat after the addition of the supplement.
Kauffmann (1930) Zbl. Bakt. I. Orig. 119: 148. The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 8,60
TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, MULLER-KAUFFMAN (MKTTn) Bacteriological bile 8,00
A selective medium for the enrichment of salmonellae according to ISO standard. Calcium carbonate 20,00
Code Number: TMK20500, TMK25000 Brilliant green 0,07
Colour: Yellowish
protected from light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than 24 hours.
Direction: Suspend 45 g in 475 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Novobiocin (20 Quality Control:
mg) Supplement (DSN80004-20) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and 10 ml of Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis
Brilliant Green Solution, 0,1% (BGS80100-DC). Mix well and add aseptically the contents of one Negative control: Escherichia coli
vial of Tetrathionate Iodine-Iodide Selective Supplement (TTS80010) reconstituted with 10 ml
of sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes. References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
Warning!
Do not heat after the addition of the supplement.
The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation.
92
TETRATHIONATE BROTH BASE, USP THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM G
A selective enrichment medium for the isolation of salmonellae including Salmonella typhi A medium for testing of sterility. The medium is primarily intended for the culture of
according to USP. anaerobe bacteria, however, it will also detect aerobe bacteria. This medium is more
transparent then the classical thioglycollate media.
Code Number: TTB20500, TTB25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: THG20500, THG25000
Final pH: 8,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Tetrathionate Iodine-Iodide Selective Supplement (TTS80010) reconstituted with 10 ml of until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at
sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes. 121 °C for 15 minutes.

The medium is heat sensitive. Casein peptone 15,250
Do not heat after the addition of the supplement. Yeast extract 5,000
The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation. Glucose monohydrate 5,500
Formula in g/l Sodium thioglycollate 0,500
Peptones 5 L-Cystine 0,500
Bile salts 1 Resazurin 0,001
Sodium thiosulphate 30 Gelling agent 0,750
Calcium carbonate 10
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium protected from temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
light at 2-8 °C, but no longer than 24 hours. protected from light at room temperature.

Positive control: Salmonella enteritidis Positive control: Clostridium sporogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus
References: United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005)

THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM, PH EUR
A medium for testing of sterility according to PH EUR (Fluid Thioglycollate Medium for
THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM, BREWER Sterility Testing). The medium is primarily intended for the culture of anaerobe bacteria,
however, it will also detect aerobe bacteria.
An enrichment medium for the cultivation of both aerobe and anaerobe micro-organisms,
especially in the sterility testing of the biological product. Code Number: THM20500, THM25000
Colour: Yellowish
Code Number: TBR20500, TBR25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at
Direction: Suspend 20 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation 121 °C for 15 minutes.
121 °C for 15 minutes. Formula in g/l
Casein peptone 15,250
Formula in g/l Yeast extract 5,000
Peptones 8,000 Glucose monohydrate 5,500
Glucose 5,000 Sodium chloride 2,500
Sodium chloride 5,000 Sodium thioglycollate 0,500
Sodium thioglycollate 1,100 L-Cystine 0,500
Methylene blue 0,002 Resazurin 0,001
Agar 0,900 Agar 0,750

Positive control: Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Clostridium sporogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus
References: Brewer (1940) J. Am. Med. Assoc. 115: 598. References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
93
THIOGLYCOLLATE MEDIUM WITH HEMIN + VITAMIN K3 Quality Control:

A medium for testing of sterility. The medium is primarily intended for the culture of
anaerobe bacteria. References: Todd and Hewitt (1932) J. Path. Bact. 35: 973.
Code Number: THK20500, THK25000

Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder TOMATO JUICE AGAR
A selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of Lactobacillus spp.
until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at Code Number: TJA20500, TJA25000
121 °C for 15 minutes. Colour: Pinkish
Formula in g/l pH before autoclaving: 6,1 (approx.) at 25 °C
Casein peptone 15,250
Yeast extract 5,000 Direction: Suspend 53 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
Glucose monohydrate 5,500 medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. If it is necessary to adjust
Sodium chloride 2,500 the pH 5,1 (approx.), cool to 50 °C and add aseptically Lactic Acid Solution (LAS80100) to the
Sodium thioglycollate 0,500 medium in the necessary quantity (approx. 10 ml). Mix well before pouring.
L-Cystine 0,500
Hemin 0,005 Warning!
Vitamin K3 0,001 Once acidified with lactic acid, the medium should not be re-heated.
Resazurin 0,001
Agar 0,750 FORMULA in g/l
Tomato extract 20
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Peptones 10
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Milk peptone 10
protected from light at room temperature. Agar 13
Positive control: Clostridium perfringens temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
References: Lanette et al. (1985) Manual of Clinical Microbiol., 4th ed.
Quality Control:
TODD-HEWITT BROTH References: Kulp and White (1932) Science 76: 17.
A general-purpose non-selective medium for the cultivation primarily of beta-hemolytic

streptococci.
TRANSPORT MEDIUM, AMIES WITH CHARCOAL
Code Number: THB20500, THB25000
Colour: Yellowish An improved semi-solid, non-nutritional medium for the transportation of fastidious
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder pathogens with prolonged survival of micro-organisms from collection to culturing. The
pH before autoclaving: 7,8 (approx.) at 25 °C added charcoal neutralises the toxic metabolic products of gonococci.
Direction: Suspend 37 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Code Number: TAC20500, TAC25000
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Colour: Black
15 minutes. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Direction for selective broth: Suspend 18,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat
gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Direction: Suspend 20 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Todd-Hewitt Selective until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at
Supplement (THS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well and 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C. While cooling turn the containers up and down a few
dispense aseptically into sterile final containers. times to distribute the charcoal uniformly.

Nutrient substrate (heart infusion, peptones) 30 Sodium chloride 3,0
Glucose 2 Sodium thioglycollate 1,0
Sodium chloride 2 Potassium chloride 0,2
Buffers 3 Calcium chloride 0,1
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Charcoal 10,0
protected from light at room temperature. Agar 4,0
94

Positive control: Shigella flexneri Positive control: Shigella sonnei
References: Amies (1967). Can. J. Pub. Hlth. 58: 296. References: Cary and Blair (1964) J. Bact. 88: 96.
TRANSPORT MEDIUM, AMIES WITHOUT CHARCOAL TRANSPORT MEDIUM, STUART WITH CHARCOAL
An improved semi-solid, non-nutritional medium for the transportation of fastidious A semi-solid, non-nutritional medium for the transportation of fastidious pathogens with
pathogens with prolonged survival of micro-organisms from collection to culturing. prolonged survival of micro-organisms from collection to culturing. The added charcoal
neutralises the toxic metabolic products of gonococci.
Code Number: TAW20500, TAW25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: TSC20500, TSC25000
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Colour: Black
until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at Direction: Suspend 26 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
121 °C for 15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at
121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C, While cooling turn the containers up and down a few
Formula in g/l times to distribute the charcoal uniformly.
Sodium chloride 3,0
Sodium thioglycollate 1,0 Formula in g/l
Potassium chloride 0,2 Calcium chloride 0,100
Calcium chloride 0,1 Sodium thioglycollate 0,500
Magnesium chloride 0,1 L-Cysteine 0,400
Buffers 1,6 Charcoal 10,000
Agar 4,0 Methylene blue 0,001
Sodium glycerophosphate 10,000
Positive control: Haemophilus influenzae
Quality Control:
References: Amies (1967) Can. J. Pub. Hlth. 58: 296. Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes
References: Stuart et al. (1959) Pub. Hlth. Rep. Wash. 74: 431.
TRANSPORT MEDIUM, CARY-BLAIR
A semi-solid, non-nutritional medium for the transportation of Gram- negative and

anaerobe micro-organisms with prolonged survival of micro-organisms from collection to
culturing.
Code Number: TCW20500, TCW25000

Colour: Yellowish
121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Sodium thioglycollate 1,50
Calcium chloride 0,09
Buffers 1,00
Agar 5,40
95
TRANSPORT MEDIUM, STUART WITHOUT CHARCOAL TRICHOMONAS (CPLM) MEDIUM BASE, MODIFIED
A semi-solid, non-nutritional medium for the transportation of fastidious pathogens with A non-selective medium for the cultivation of Trichomonas vaginalis.
prolonged survival of micro-organisms from collection to culturing.
Code Number: CPL20500, CPL25000
Code Number: TSW20500, TSW25000 Colour: Brownish
Colour: Greyish Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powde pH before autoclaving: 6,0 (approx.) at 25 °C
rpH before autoclaving: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
Direction: Suspend 17,5 g in 425 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
Direction: Suspend 16 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
until the medium boils well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at aseptically the contents of one vial of Trichomonas Selective Supplement (TSS80004) reconstituted
121 °C for 15 minutes. with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and 70 ml of sterile inactivated (i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30
minutes) and pH adjusted (6.0) horse serum. Dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Formula in g/l
Calcium chloride 0,100 Formula in g/l
Sodium thioglycollate 0,500 Nutrient substrate (peptones, liver extract) 26,000
L-Cysteine 0,400 Maltose 1,000
Methylene blue 0,001 Ringer solution 4,500
Sodium glycerophosphate 10,000 L-Cysteine 2,000
Agar 5,000 Methylene blue 0,005
Buffers 0,500
Positive control: Streptococcus pyogenes
Quality Control:
References: Stuart et al. (1959) Pub. Hlth. Rep. Wash. 74: 431. Positive control: Trichomonas vaginalis
References: Johnson and Trussel (1943) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. 54: 245.
Szénási et al. (1999) Hungarian Venerological Archive 3: 215.
TRIBUTYRIN AGAR BASE TRICHOMONAS MEDIUM BASE
A non-selective medium for the detection and enumeration of lipolytic micro-organisms. A non-selective medium for the cultivation of Trichomonas vaginalis.
Code Number: TRA20500, TRA25000 Code Number: TRM20500, TRM25000

Colour: Yellowish Colour: Brownish
Direction: Suspend 20 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of Tributyrin Supplement Direction: Suspend 18,5 g in 455 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
(TRS80250) and mix uniformly. Heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C
Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C with frequent agitation and and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Trichomonas Selective Supplement
pour plates immediately to solidify quickly. (TSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and 40 ml of sterile inactivated
(i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30 minutes) and pH adjusted (6.4) horse serum. Dispense
Warning! aseptically into sterile test tubes.
The ready medium must be uniformly turbid gel!
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l Liver extract 24,5
Peptones 8 Glucose 5,0
Agar 1,0
Quality Control:
Lipase positive control: Staphylococcus aureus Quality Control:
Lipase negative control: Escherichia coli Positive control: Trichomonas vaginalis
References: Anderson (1939) Ber. 3. Int. Microbiol. Congress. 3: 726. References: Freinberg and Whittington (1957) J. Clin. Path. 10: 327.
96
TRIPLE SUGAR IRON (TSI) AGAR, PH EUR TRYPTONE SOYA AGAR
A differential medium for the differentiation of Gram-negative enteric bacteria on the basis A highly nutritious general purpose medium for the growth of wide variety of micro-
of carbohydrate fermentation and hydrogen sulphite production according to PH EUR (Agar organisms.
Medium M).
Code Number: TSA20500, TSA25000
Code Number: TSI20500, TSI25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 66 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position to form slant with deep butt. Formula in g/l
Tryptone 17,0
Formula in g/l Soya peptone 3,0
Beef extract 3,000 Sodium chloride 5,0
Yeast extract 3,000 Buffers 2,5
Lactose monohydrate 10,000 Agar 15,0
Sucrose 10,000
Sodium thiosulphate 0,300 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Phenol red 0,025 Quality Control:
Agar 13,400 Positive control: Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Salmonella Enteritidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa
TRYPTONE BILE AGAR TRYPTONE SOYA AGAR, PH EUR - USP
A differential medium for the enumeration of Escherichia coli with DPM method. A highly nutritious general purpose medium for the cultivation of wide variety of micro-
organisms according to PH EUR (Agar Medium B - Casein Soya-Bean Digest Agar - Harmonised).
Code Number: TBA20500, TBA25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: TSE20500, TSE25000
Formula in g/l
Tryptone 20,5 Formula in g/l
Bile salts 1,5 Casein peptone 15
Agar 15,0 Soya peptone 5
Sodium chloride 5
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Agar 15
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Quality Control:
Positive control: Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus
References: Anderson and Baird-Parker (1975) J. Appl. Bact. 39: 111.
97
TRYPTONE SOYA BILE (mTSB) BROTH TRYPTONE SOYA BROTH, PH EUR - USP
A selective medium for the isolation of enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli (EHEC). A highly nutritious general purpose medium for the growth of wide variety of micro-
organisms. The medium is primarily intended for the culture of fungi and aerobe bacteria
Code Number: TBB20500, TBB25000 according to PH EUR (Broth Medium A - Casein Soya-Bean Digest Broth - Harmonised).
Colour: Yellowish
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Code Number: TSB20500, TSB25000
Direction: Suspend 33 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the pH before autoclaving: 7,3 (approx.) at 25 °C
15 minutes. Direction: Suspend 30 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Formula in g/l 15 minutes.
Tryptone 17,00
Soya peptone 3,00 Formula in g/l
Bile salts 1,50 Casein peptone 17,0
Glucose 2,50 Soya peptone 3,0
Sodium chloride 5,00 Glucose monohydrate 2,5
Buffers 4,00 Sodium chloride 5,0
protected from light at room temperature temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
protected from light at room temperature
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli O157 Quality Control:
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus Positive control: Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Candida albicans

References: Doyle and Schoeni (1987) Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 53: 2394. References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
TRYPTONE SOYA BILE (mTSB+n) BROTH WITH NOVOBIOCIN TRYPTONE SOYA YEAST EXTRACT AGAR
A selective medium for the isolation of enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli (EHEC). A highly nutritious medium for the cultivation of wide variety of micro-organisms
especially Listeria monocytogenes.
Code Number: TBN20500, TBN25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: TYA20500, TYA25000
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for Direction: Suspend 51 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
15 minutes. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Tryptone 17,00 Tryptone 17,0
Soya peptone 3,00 Soya peptone 3,0
Bile salts 1,50 Yeast extract 6,0
Novobiocin 0,02 Buffers 2,5
Buffers 4,00 Agar 15,0
protected from light at 2-8 °C. protected from light at 2-8 °C.

Positive control: Escherichia coli O157 Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes
References: APHA (1992) Compendium of Methods for the
References: ISO 16654: 1999 Microbological Examination of Foods, 3rd ed.
ISO 10560: 1993
98
TRYPTONE SOYA YEAST EXTRACT BROTH TRYPTOPHAN BROTH
A highly nutritious non-selective medium for the cultivation of wide A differential medium for the testing of the micro-organisms’ ability to produce indole from
variety of micro-organisms especially Listeria monocytogenes. tryptophan.
Code Number: YTB20500, YTB25000 Code Number: TRB20500, TRB25000

Direction: Suspend 36 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 16 g in one litre of distilled water. Heat gently to dis-solve the medium
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
15 minutes
Formula in g/l
Tryptone 17,0 Sodium chloride 5
Soya peptone 3,0 L-Tryptophan 1
Yeast extract 6,0
Buffers 2,5 protected from light at room temperature.
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Escherichia coli
protected from light at room temperature. Negative control: Enterobacter aerogenes
Quality Control: References: ISO 9308-1: 2000

Positive control: Listeria monocytogenes

References: A PHA (1992) Compendium of Methods for the Microbological Examination
of Foods, 3rd ed.
ISO 11290: 1998
TRYPTONE WATER TRYPTOSE PHOSPHATE BROTH
A differential medium for the testing of the micro-organisms’ ability to produce indole from A highly nutritious medium for the cultivation of fastidious bacteria.
tryptophan.
Code Number: TPB20500, TPB25000
Code Number: TRW20500, TRW25000 Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 15 g in one litre of distilled water. Heat gently to dissolve the medium medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. 15 minutes.

Tryptone 10 Tryptose 20,5
Sodium chloride 5 Glucose 2,0
Sodium chloride 5,0
Negative control: Enterobacter aerogenes Quality Control:
References: Farmer (1985) J. Clin. Microbiol. 21: 46.
References: Grinsberg et al. (1955) Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. Med. 89: 66.
99
TSN AGAR UNIVERSAL BEER AGAR
A selective and differential medium for the selective isolation of Clostridium perfringens. A non-selective medium for the isolation of beer spoilage micro-organisms.
Code Number: TSN20500, TSN25000 Code Number: UBA20500, UBA25000

until the medium boil well. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at the medium boils well. Without delay, add 250 ml of beer to be investigated (without
115 °C for 10 minutes. degassing). Mix gently and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 10 minutes.

The medium is heat sensitive. Peptones 25,40
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Tomato extract 7,00
Glucose 10,00
Formula in g/l Mg(II), Na(I), Fe(III) and Mn(II) salts 0,15
Peptones 25,00 Buffers 1,50
Sodium sulphite 1,00 Agar 13,00
Ferric citrate 0,50
Neomycin 0,05 Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Polymyxin B 0,02 temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Agar 13,50 protected from light at 2-8 °C.
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
References: Kozulis and Page (1968) Proc. Am. Brew. Chem: 52.
Quality Control:
References: Marshall et al. (1965) Appl. Microbiol. 13: 559. UREA AGAR
A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially the

Enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of urease activity.
TYROBUTYRICUM BROTH BASE Code Number: URD20500-M

Packaging: 380 g agar base + 120 g urea
A selective medium for the detection of Clostridium tyrobutyricum. Appearance – agar base: Pinkish, homogeneous, hygroscopic powder
Appearance – urea: White pellet
Code Number: TYB20500, TYB25000 pH before autoclaving: 6,4 - 6,6 at 25 °C
Colour: Yellowish pH after autoclaving: 6,6 - 7,0 at 25 °C
Final pH: 6,0 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 32 g agar base and 10 g urea in one litre of distilled water and heat
with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise
Direction: Fill up 10 ml of Tyrobutyricum Sodium Lactate Solution (SLT80140) and 10 ml by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. Allow to cool in slanted position.
of Sodium Acetate Solution (SAS80100) to one litre with distilled water. Suspend 31 g of
dehydrated medium and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into Warning!
final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. The medium is heat sensitive.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 30,5000 Formula of ready medium in g/l
L-Cysteine 0,5000 Peptones 1,000
Resazurin 0,0025 Glucose 1,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Urea 20,000
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Phenol red 0,012
protected from light at room temperature. Buffers 2,000
Agar 13,000
Quality Control:
Positive control: Clostridium tyrobutyricum Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
100
Quality Control: Warning!

Positive control: Proteus mirabilis The medium is heat sensitive.
Negative control: Escherichia coli No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
References: Christensen (1946) J. Bact. 52: 461. Formula of ready medium in g/l
Peptones 10,000
Urea 10,000
UREA BROTH Phenol red 0,012
Buffers 3,000
A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially the
Enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of urease activity. Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Code Number: URE20500-M protected from light at room temperature.
Packaging: 325 g broth base + 175 g urea
Appearance – agar base: Pinkish, homogeneous, hygroscopic powder Quality Control:
Appearance – urea: White pellet Positive control: Proteus mirabilis, Klebsiella pneumoniae
pH before autoclaving: 6,4 - 6,6 at 25 °C Negative control: Escherichia coli
pH after autoclaving: 6,6 - 7,0 at 25 °C
References: Roland at al. (1947) Ann. Inst. Pasteur 73: 914.
Direction: Suspend 19 g broth base and 10 g urea in one litre of distilled water and heat
gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by
Warning!
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. VIOLET RED BILE GLUCOSE AGAR, PH EUR
Formula of ready medium in g/l A glucose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration
Peptones 1,000 of enterobacteriaceae according to PH EUR (Agar Medium F - Crystal Violet Neutral Red Bile
Glucose 1,000 Agar with Glucose).
Urea 20,000 Code Number: VBE20500, VBE25000
Phenol red 0,012 Colour: Beige
Buffers 2,000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Final pH: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C
protected from light at room temperature. Direction: Suspend 51,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Quality Control:
Positive control: Proteus mirabilis Warning!
Negative control: Escherichia coli The medium is heat sensitive.
References: Christensen (1946) J. Bact. 52: 461. Formula in g/l
Gelatin peptone 7,000
Yeast extract 3,000
Bile salts 1,500
UREA INDOLE BROTH Glucose monohydrate 10,000
Lactose monohydrate 10,000
A differential medium for the differentiation of micro-organisms, especially the Sodium chloride 5,000
Enterobacteriaceae, on the basis of urease activity and indole production. Neutral red 0,030
Code Number: URI20500-M Agar 15,000
Packaging: 325 g broth base + 175 g urea
Colour: Pinkish Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Appearance – agar base: Pinkish, homogeneous, hygroscopic powder temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Appearance – urea: White pellet protected from light at 2-8 °C.
pH before autoclaving: 6,4 - 6,6 at 25 °C
pH after autoclaving: 6,6 - 7,0 at 25 °C Quality Control:
Direction: Suspend 18 g broth base and 10 g urea in one litre of distilled water and heat Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into test tubes and sterilise by
autoclaving at 115 °C for 5 minutes. References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
101
Formula in g/l
VIOLET RED BILE GLUCOSE AGAR, PH EUR - USP
Peptones 10,000
Bile salts 1,500
A glucose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration
Lactose 10,000
of Enterobacteriaceae according to PH EUR (Violet Red Bile Glucose Agar – Harmonised).
Neutral red 0,030
Code Number: VBH20500, VBH25000
Colour: Beige
Agar 15,000
Final pH: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Direction: Suspend 41,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation protected from light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Warning! Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
The medium is heat sensitive. Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
References: A PHA (1978) Standard Method for the Examination of Dairy Product. 14th ed.
Formula in g/l ISO 4832: 2006
Gelatin peptone 7,000
Yeast extract 3,000
Bile salts 1,500
Glucose monohydrate 10,000
Sodium chloride 5,000 VIOLET RED BILE LACTOSE AGAR, BUFFERED
Neutral red 0,030
Crystal violet 0,002 A lactose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration
Agar 15,000 of coliforms from soured milk products.
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Code Number: VBB20500, VBB25000
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Colour: Beige
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Quality Control:
Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis Direction: Suspend 44 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus until the medium boils well. Mix well before pouring.

References: E uropean Pharmacopoeia 5.6 Warning!
Mossel (1985) int. 7. Food Microbiol. 2: 27. The medium is heat sensitive.
ISO 7402: 1993 No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Formula in g/l
Peptones 10,000
VIOLET RED BILE LACTOSE AGAR Bile salts 1,500
Lactose 10,000
A lactose containing selective and differential medium for the detection and enumeration Sodium chloride 5,000
of coliforms. Neutral red 0,030
Code Number: VBL20500, VBL25000 Buffers 3,000
Colour: Beige Agar 14,500
Final pH: 7,4 (approx.) at 25 °C Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
Direction: Suspend 41,5 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation light at 2-8 °C.
Quality Control:
Warning! Positive control: Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis
The medium is heat sensitive. Negative control: Staphylococcus aureus
102
VOGEL-JOHNSON AGAR BASE, USP WILKINS-CHALGREN BROTH
A selective medium for the isolation of Staphylococcus aureus according to USP. An enrichment medium for the general cultivation of anaerobe micro-organisms especially
recommended for antimicrobial susceptibility testing.
Code Number: VJA20500, VJA25000
Colour: Yellowish Code Number: WCB20500, WCB25000
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and Direction: Suspend 33 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Potassium Tellurite Solution, Sterile (PTS80030). Mix medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
well before pouring. 15 minutes.
Formula in g/l
Formula in g/l
Peptones 15,000
Mannitol 10,000
Glucose 1,000
Lithium chloride 5,000
Glycine 10,000
Phenol red 0,025
L-Arginine 1,000
Buffers 5,000
Vitamins 0,006
Agar 15,000
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Peptostreptococcus anaerobius
Negative control: Escherichia coli References: Wilkins and Chalgren (1976) Antimicr. Agents Chemother. 10: 926.
References: V ogel and Johnson (1961) J. Pub. Hlth. Lab.18: 131.

United States Pharmacopoeia XXVIII. (2005)
WL DIFFERENTIAL AGAR
WILKINS-CHALGREN AGAR A selective medium for the control of industrial fermentation, particularly the processing of
beer.
A non-selective medium for the general cultivation of anaerobe micro-organisms especially
recommended for antimicrobial susceptibility testing. Code Number: WLD20500, WLD25000
Colour: Beige
Code Number: WCA20500, WCA25000 Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
pH before autoclaving: 7,1 (approx.) at 25 °C Direction: Suspend 75 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Direction: Suspend 46 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the
medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. If it is necessary to Formula in g/l
supplement with blood cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix Peptones 9,2000
well before pouring. Glucose 50,0000
Formula in g/l Calcium chloride 0,1250
Nutrient substrate (peptones, extracts) 25,000 Magnesium sulphate 0,1250
Glucose 1,000 Ferric chloride 0,0025
Sodium chloride 5,000 Manganese sulphate 0,0025
Sodium pyruvate 1,000 Cycloheximide 0,0040
L-Arginine 1,000 Bromocresol green 0,0220
Vitamins 0,006 Agar 15,0000
Agar 13,000
Quality Control:
Quality Control: Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus
Positive control: Bacteroides fragilis, Peptostreptococcus anaerobius Negative control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae

References: W
ilkins and Chalgren (1976) Antimicr. Agents Chemoter. 10: 926. References: Green and Gray (1950) Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 13: 357.
103
WL DIFFERENTIAL BROTH Quality Control:

Positive control:
Lactobacillus acidophilus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
A selective medium for the control of industrial fermentation, particularly the processing of
beer. References: Green and Gray (1950) Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 13: 357.
Code Number: WDB20500, WDB25000

Colour: Beige
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder WL NUTRIENT BROTH
Direction: Suspend 60 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the beer.
15 minutes. Code Number: WLB20500, WLB25000
Colour: Beige
Formula in g/l Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
Peptones 9,2000 pH before autoclaving: 5,5 (approx.) at 25 °C
Glucose 50,0000
Potassium chloride 0,5500 Direction: Suspend 60 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
Calcium chloride 0,1250 medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
Magnesium sulphate 0,1250 15 minutes.
Ferric chloride 0,0025
Manganese sulphate 0,0025 Formula in g/l
Cycloheximide 0,0040 Peptones 9,2000
Bromocresol green 0,0220 Glucose 50,0000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Calcium chloride 0,1250
protected from light at room temperature. Ferric chloride 0,0025
Manganese sulphate 0,0025
Quality Control: Bromocresol green 0,0220
Negative control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room
References: Green and Gray (1950) Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 13: 357. protected from light at room temperature.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Lactobacillus acidophilus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae
WL NUTRIENT AGAR References: Green and Gray (1950) Wallerstein Lab. Commun. 13: 357.
beer.
WORT AGAR BASE
Code Number: WLN20500, WLN25000
Colour: Beige A selective medium for the cultivation and enumeration of yeasts.
pH before autoclaving: 5,5 (approx.) at 25 °C Code Number: WOA20500, WOA25000
Colour: Yellowish
Direction: Suspend 75 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. pH before autoclaving: 4,8 (approx.) at 25 °C
Formula in g/l
Peptones 9,2000 Direction: Suspend 49 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 2,5 ml of Glycerol Supplement
Glucose 50,0000 (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
Potassium chloride 0,5500 autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly!
Calcium chloride 0,1250 Warning!
Magnesium sulphate 0,1250 Prolonged heating diminish the gel strength of the agar.
Ferric chloride 0,0025 Formula in g/l
Manganese sulphate 0,0025 Peptones 1,00
Bromocresol green 0,0220 Malt extract 15,00
Agar 15,0000 Maltose 12,75
Dextrin 2,75
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Ammonium chloride 1,00
104
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Formula in g/l
temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium Yeast extract 3,00
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Lactose monohydrate 7,50
Sucrose 7,50
Quality Control: Xylose 3,50
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae Sodium thiosulphate 6,80
Negative control: Escherichia coli Sodium chloride 5,00
Sodium deoxycholate 2,50
References: Parfitt (1933) J. Dairy Sci. 16: 141. Ferric ammonium citrate 0,80
L-Lysine 5,00
Phenol red 0,08
Agar 15,30
WORT BROTH BASE
An enrichment medium for the cultivation of yeasts. temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Code Number: WOB20500, WOB25000
Colour: Yellowish Quality Control:
Appearance: Homogeneous hygroscopic powder Positive control: Escherichia coli, Shigella flexneri, Salmonella enteritidis
pH before autoclaving: 4,8 (approx.) at 25 °C Negative control: Enterococcus faecalis

Direction: Suspend 34 g in one litre of distilled water. Add 2,5 ml of Glycerol Supplement References: European Pharmacopoeia 5.6
(GLC80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into
final containers. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.

Formula in g/l YEAST EXTRACT AGAR
Peptones 1,00
Malt extract 15,00 A non-selective medium for the plate count of micro-organisms in water and dairy
Maltose 12,75 products.
Dextrin 2,75
Ammonium chloride 1,00 Code Number: YEA20500, YEA25000
Buffers 1,50 Colour: Yellowish
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room pH before autoclaving: 7,2 (approx.) at 25 °C
protected from light at room temperature. Direction: Suspend 25 g in one litre of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation
Quality Control:
Positive control: Saccharomyces cerevisiae Formula in g/l
Negative control: Escherichia coli Peptones 7
Yeast extract 3
References: Parfitt (1933) J. Dairy Sci. 16: 141. Agar 15
XLD AGAR, PH EUR - USP temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
A selective and differential medium for the isolation and differentiation of Gram-negative
micro-organisms, especially Shigella spp. according to PH EUR (Agar Medium K - Xylose Quality Control:
Lysine Deoxycholate Agar - Harmonised). Positive control: Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus
Code Number: XLD20500, XLD25000 References: Windle Taylor (1958) The Examination of Waters and Water Supplies, 7th ed.
Colour: Pinkish
until the medium boils well. Cool quickly! Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
105
YEAST MALT AGAR YERSINIA AGAR BASE
A non-selective medium for the cultivation of fungi. A selective and differential medium for the isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica.
Code Number: YMA20500, YMA25000 Code Number: YAB20500, YAB25000

until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and
add aseptically the contents of one vial of Yersinia (CIN) Selective Supplement (CIN80004)
Formula in g/l reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Peptones 6
Malt extract 3 Formula in g/l
Yeast extract 3 Peptones 24,000
Glucose 10 Mannitol 20,000
Agar 15 Sodium pyruvate 2,000
Storage conditions: Store the dehydrated medium tightly closed in a dry place at room Sodium deoxycholate 0,500
protected from light at 2-8 °C. Neutral red 0,020
References: Atlas and Park (1993) Handbook of Micr. Media temperature and use before the expiry date on the label. Store the prepared medium
Quality Control:
Positive control: Yersinia enterocolitica
References: Schiemann (1979) Can. J. Microbiol. 25: 1928.
YEAST MALT BROTH YERSINIA BROTH BASE
A non-selective medium for the cultivation of fungi. A selective medium for the selective enrichment of Yersinia enterocolitica.
Code Number: YMB20500, YMB25000 Code Number: YBB20500, YBB25000

Direction: Suspend 23 g in one litre of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the Direction: Suspend 16,5 g in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the
medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add
15 minutes. aseptically the contents of one vial of Yersinia (CIN) Selective Supplement (CIN80004)
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into
Formula in g/l sterile test tubes.
Peptones 7
Malt extract 3 Formula in g/l
Yeast extract 3 Peptones 28,0
Dextrose 10 Sodium pyruvate 2,5
Buffers 2,5
protected from light at room tempera-ture.
Quality Control:
Positive control: Candida albicans Quality Control:
Positive control: Yersinia enterocolitica
References: Atlas and Park (1993) Handbook of Micr. Media Negative control: Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterococcus faecalis
References: Schiemann (1979) Can. J. Microbiol. 25: 1298.
106
III. Supplements
III. supplements
AEROMONAS Selective Supplement BRILLIANT GREEN SOLUTION, 0,1%

AES80004 BGS80100-DC

FOR 500 ml of AEROMONAS AGAR FOR 5 litre of TETRATHIONATE BROTH,
MULLER-KAUFFMAN
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Aeromonas spp. FOR 5 litre of TETRATHIONATE BROTH,
MULLER-KAUFFMAN (MKTTn)
Direction: Suspend 30 g Aeromonas Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the Description: Brilliant green solution for the preparation of tetrathionate broths.
contents of one vial of Aeromonas Selective Supplement (AES80004) reconstituted with 4
ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Direction: Different. See the product information of relevant media.
Warning! Formula
The medium is heat sensitive. Brilliant green 0,1 %
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
Formula
Ampicillin 2,5 mg / vial
BISMUTH SULPHITE INDICATOR BRILLIANT GREEN SOLUTION, STERILE

BSI81000 BGS80030
FOR 5 litre of BISMUTH SULPHITE AGAR FOR 30 litre of BRILLIANT GREEN AGAR, HUMAN
Description: Chemical mixture for the isolation of salmonellae including Salmonella typhi. Description: A brilliant green solution for the isolation of salmonellae including
Salmonella typhi from clinical specimens.
Direction: See the product information of Bismuth Sulphite Agar.
Direction: Suspend 21,5 g Brilliant Green Agar Base, Human in 500 ml of distilled water
Warning! and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at
– Before use or measuring heat the indicator to room temperature care-fully. The crystals 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Brilliant Green
precipitated during chilled storage must be re-dissolved completely. Several refrigeration Solution, Sterile (BGS80030). Mix well before pouring.
- warm up process can not cause any damage.
– To ensure homogeneity shake well the indicator before use. Formula
Brilliant green 0,1 %
BORDETELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT BRUCELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT

BSS80004 BAS80004
FOR 500 ml of BORDETELLA AGAR FOR 500 ml of BRUCELLA AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Bordetella spp. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Brucella spp.
Direction: Suspend 26 g Charcoal Agar Base in 450 ml of distilled water and heat with Direction: Suspend 22,5 g Brucella Agar Base in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15
minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood and the minutes. Cool to 50 °C. Add aseptically 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of methanol and sterile distilled
content of one vial of Bordetella Selective Supplement (BSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml water to one vial of Brucella Selective Supplement (BAS80004) to form suspension.
of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Incubate for 15 minutes at 37 °C. Shake well and add immediately to the agar base together
with 35 ml of sterile inactivated (i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30 minutes) horse serum. Mix
Formula well before pouring.
Cephalexin 20 mg / vial
Formula
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Bacitracin 250,0 mg / vial
Cycloheximide 50,0 mg / vial
Nystatin 11,0 mg / vial
Vancomycin 10,0 mg / vial
Nalidixic acid 2,5 mg / vial
Polymyxin B 0,4 mg / vial
109
III. supplements
CAMPYLOBACTER GROWTH SUPPLEMENT Formula

CGS80004 Cycloheximide 25 mg / vial
Cefoperazone 10 mg / vial
FOR 500 ml OF CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR Trimethoprim 10 mg / vial
Vancomycin 10 mg / vial
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the enhanced growth of Campylobacter spp.
Direction: Suspend 19 g Campylobacter Agar Base in 470 ml of distilled water and heat
15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the
contents of one vial of Campylobacter Growth Supplement (CGS80004) reconstituted with
4 ml of sterile distilled water and one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Skirrow CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, CCDA
CCS80004
(CSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water, or one vial of Campylobacter
Selective Supplement, Preston (CPS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of
acetone and sterile distilled water, or one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, FOR 500 ml of CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR, CCDA
Blaser-Wang (CBW80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before
pouring. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Campylobacter spp.
Formula Direction: Suspend 24 g Campylobacter Blood-free (CCDA) Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled
Sodium pyruvate 125 mg / vial water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving
Sodium metabisulphite 125 mg / vial at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of
Ferrous sulphate 125 mg / vial Campylobacter Selective Supplement, CCDA (CCS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
Formula
Amphotericin B 5 mg / vial
CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, BLASER-WANG
CBW80004 Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
FOR 500 ml of CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR, BLASER-WANG
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Campylobacter spp.

CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, KARMALI
Direction: Suspend 19 g Campylobacter Agar Base in 470 ml of distilled water and heat CPK80004
with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Steril-ise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of lysed horse blood and the contents FOR 500 ml of CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR, KARMALI
of one vial of Campylobacter Growth Supplement (CGS80004) and one vial of
Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Blaser-Wang (CBW80004) both reconstituted with Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Campylobacter spp.
4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Direction: Suspend 23 g Campylobacter Agar Base, Karmali in 500 ml of distilled water
Formula and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at
Cephalothin 7,5 mg / vial 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of
Vancomycin 5,0 mg / vial Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Karmali (CPK80004), reconstituted with 4 ml of
Trimethoprim 2,5 mg / vial sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Amphotericin B 1,0 mg / vial
Polymyxin B 0,2 mg / vial Formula
Cycloheximide 50 mg / vial
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Sodium pyruvate 50 mg / vial
CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, BOLTON Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
CBS80004
FOR 500 ml of BOLTON BROTH
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the selective enrichment of

Campylobacter spp.
Direction: Suspend 14 g Bolton Broth Base in 470 ml of distilled water and heat gently to
dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to
50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the contents of one vial of
Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Bolton (CBS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
distilled water. Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
110
III. supplements
CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, PRESTON NEW product CEREUS SUPPLEMENT

CPS80004 CES80050
FOR 500 ml of CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR, PRESTON FOR 500 ml of ChromoBio® CEREUS AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Campylobacter spp. Description: A powdered mixture for the isolation of Bacillus cereus.
Direction: Suspend 19 g Campylobacter Agar Base in 470 ml of distilled water and heat with Direction: Suspend 16,5 g ChromoBio® Cereus Base in 450 ml of distilled water and heat
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for
minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the contents 15 minutes. In the meantime add 50 ml of sterile distilled water to one bottle of Cereus
of one vial of Campylobacter Growth Supplement (CGS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of Supplement (CES80050). Mix well and soak the suspension about one hour – repeating the
sterile distilled water and one vial of Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Preston mixing a few times – until the lecitin dissolves completely. The ready supplement is
(CPS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of acetone and sterile distilled water. Mix homogeneous turbid, but exempt from any precipitate. Cool to 50 °C the agar base and add
well before pouring. aseptically the supplement. Mix well before pouring. To ensure the complete homogeneity
repeat the mixing a few times during the pouring again.
Formula
Cycloheximide 50,0 mg / vial Formula
Rifampicin 5,0 mg / vial Lecitin 1000 mg / vial
Trimethoprim 5,0 mg / vial Trimethoprim 5 mg / vial
Polymyxin B 0,4 mg / vial Polymyxin B 53.000 IU / vial
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
CAMPYLOBACTER SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, SKIRROW CLOSTRIDIUM SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT

CSS80004 CDS80004
FOR 500 ml of CAMPYLOBACTER AGAR, SKIRROW FOR 500 ml of CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Campylobacter spp. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Clostridium difficile.
Direction: Suspend 19 g Campylobacter Agar Base in 470 ml of distilled water and heat Direction for blood agar: Suspend 34,5 g Clostridium Difficile Agar Base in 460 ml of
with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of sterile lysed horse blood and the autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 35 ml of sterile
contents of one vial of Campylobacter Growth Supplement (CGS80004) and one vial of defibrinated blood and the contents of one vial of Clostridium Selective Supplement
Campylobacter Selective Supplement, Skirrow (CSS80004) both reconstituted with 4 ml of (CDS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Direction for blood free agar: Suspend 34,5 g Clostridium Difficile (CCFA) Agar Base in
Formula 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well.
Vancomycin 5,0 mg / vial Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the
Trimethoprim 2,5 mg / vial contents of one vial of Clostridium Selective Supplement (CDS80004) reconstituted with 4
Polymyxin B 0,2 mg / vial ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Because of sensitivity of some strains of Clostridium difficile, the amount of cycloserine and
cefoxitin is reduced. If you want to compensate the reduction in selectivity, treat the
specimen with alcohol before inoculation.
CEFIXIME TELLURITE SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT Formula

CTS80004 D-Cycloserine 125 mg / vial
Cefoxitin 4 mg / vial
FOR 500 ml of MACCONKEY AGAR, SORBITOL
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of E. coli O157:H7.
Direction: Suspend 26 g MacConkey Agar Base, Sorbitol in 500 ml of distilled water and
heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Cefixime
Tellurite Selective Supplement (CTS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water.
Mix well before pouring.
Formula
Potassium tellurite 1,250 mg / vial
Cefixime 0,025 mg / vial
111
III. supplements
DIASALM-MSRV MAGNESIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTION ENDO BASIC FUCHSIN SOLUTION, DEV

DSM80500 FBS80045
FOR 500 g of DIASALM MEDIUM BASE FOR 500 g of ENDO AGAR BASE, DEV
FOR 500 g of RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS (MSRV) MEDIUM BASE
Description: A basic fuchsin solution for the preparation of Endo media.
Description: A magnesium chloride solution for the preparation of DIASALM and
Rappaport-Vassiliadis (MSRV) medium. Direction: Suspend 58 g Endo Agar Base, DEV in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml of
Endo Basic Fuchsin Solution, DEV (FBS80045). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation
Direction: Fill up 20 ml of DIASALM-MSRV Magnesium Chloride Solution (DSM80500) to until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well
500 ml with distilled water and suspend 20 g of DIASALM Medium Base, or fill up 10 ml of again before pouring.
DIASALM-MSRV Magnesium Chloride Solution (DSM80500) to 500 ml with distilled water
and suspend 10,5 g of Rappaport-Vassiliadis (MSRV) Medium Base. Heat with frequent Formula
agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one Basic fuchsin 10%
vial of Novobiocin (5 mg) Supplement (DSN80004-05) (in case of DIASALM) or one vial of
Novobiocin (10 mg) Supplement (DSN80004-10) (in case of RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS) both Storage conditions: Store at room temperature.
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. FERRIC AMMONIUM CITRATE SOLUTION, STERILE
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. FAC80030
Formula FOR 30 litre of MEDIA

Magnesium chloride 600 g/l
Description: A ferric ammonium citrate solution for the differentiation of Clostridium spp.
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature.
Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in 500 ml of
distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of agars)
or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in case of broths). Sterilise by autoclaving
DTM SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT a t
DTS80004 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Sodium
Metabisulphite Solution, Sterile (SMS80030) and one dose (0,5 ml) of Ferric Ammonium
FOR 500 ml of DTM AGAR Citrate Solution, Sterile (FAC80030). Mix well before pouring (in case of agars) or dispensing
(in case of broths).
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of dermatophytes.
Formula
Direction: Suspend 20 g DTM Agar Base (DTM20500) in 500 ml of dis-tilled water and heat Ferric ammonium citrate 60 %
15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of DTM Selective Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
Supplement (DTS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of ethanol and sterile
Formula GC SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, VCN

Cycloheximide 0,25 g / vial VCN80004
Chlortetracycline 0,05 g / vial
Gentamicin 0,05 g / vial
FOR 500 ml of SELECTIVE THAYER-MARTIN AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of pathogenic neisseriae.
Direction for Thayer-Martin Agar: Suspend 19,5 g GC Agar Base in 460 ml of distilled
ENDO BASIC FUCHSIN SOLUTION water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving
FBS80060 at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 35 ml of sterile defibrinated
blood and ‘chocolate’ by heating at 80 °C for 10 min. Cool to 50 °C. Dissolve the contents of
FOR 500 g of ENDO and ENDO LES AGAR BASE one vial of Growth Factor Mixture Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile distilled water and
FOR 250 g of ENDO M BROTH BASE add aseptically to the Growth Factor Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and add aseptically to
the medium. Dissolve the contents of one vial of GC Selective Supplement, VCN (VCN80004)
Description: A basic fuchsin solution for the preparation of Endo media. with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and aseptically add to the above at 50 °C. Mix well before
pouring.
Direction: Suspend 42 g Endo Agar Base or 50 g Endo LES Agar Base or 48 g Endo M Broth
Base in one litre of distilled water. Add 5 ml ( in case of agars) or 10 ml (in case of broth) of Formula
Endo Basic Fuchsin Solution (FBS80060). Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until Colistin 3,75 mg / vial
the medium boils well (in case of agars) or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely Nystatin 1,50 mg / vial
(in case of broth). Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Mix well again before Vancomycin 1,50 mg / vial
pouring ((in case of agars) or dispensing ((in case of broth).
Formula
Basic fuchsin 10%
112
III. supplements
GC SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, VCNT Formula

VCT80004 Glucose 1000,00 mg / vial
L-Cysteine 259,00 mg / vial
FOR 500 ml of SELECTIVE THAYER-MARTIN AGAR L-Glutamine 100,00 mg / vial
L-Cystine 11,00 mg / vial
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of pathogenic neisseriae. This Adenine 10,00 mg / vial
supplement prevents the swarming of Proteus spp. NAD 2,50 mg / vial
Cocarboxylase 1,00 mg / vial
Direction for Thayer-Martin Agar: Suspend 19,5 g GC Agar Base in 460 ml of distilled Guanine 0,30 mg / vial
water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving Ferric nitrate 0,20 mg / vial
at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 35 ml of sterile defibrinated p-Aminobenzoic acid 0,13 mg / vial
blood and ‘chocolate’ by heating at 80 °C for 10 min. Cool to 50 °C. Dissolve the contents of Vitamin B12 0,10 mg / vial
one vial of Growth Factor Mixture Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile distilled water and Thiamine 0,03 mg / vial
add aseptically to the Growth Factor Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and add aseptically to
the medium. Dissolve the contents of one vial of GC Selective Supplement, VCNT Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
(VCT80004) with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and add aseptically to the above at 50 °C. Mix
Formula GSP Selective Supplement

Colistin 3,75 mg / vial GSU80004
Trimethoprin 2,50 mg / vial
Nystatin 1,50 mg / vial for 500 ml of GSP AGAR
Vancomycin 1,50 mg / vial
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the detection and differentiation of Pseudomonas
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. and Aeromonas spp.
Direction: Suspend 23 g GSP Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent
agitation until the medium boils well. Cool quickly to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents
GLYCEROL SUPPLEMENT of one vial of GSP Selective Supplement (GSU80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
GLC80100 - 100 ml
GLC80500 - 500 ml Warning!
Description: Glycerol for the preparation of some media. No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Formula
Direction: Different. See the product information of relevant media. Penicillin 70 mg / vial
Formula Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.

Glycerol, bacteriological grade 100 ml
Glycerol, bacteriological grade 500 ml

Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. HAEMOPHILUS SUPPLEMENT
HTS80004
GROWTH FACTOR MIXTURE (WITH HYDRATION FLUID) FOR 500 ml of HAEMOPHILUS TEST AGAR
GFM80005
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Haemophilus influenzae.
FOR 500 ml of THAYER-MARTIN or CHOCOLATE or CHARCOAL AGAR
Direction: Suspend 21,5 g Haemophilus Test Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled water and
Description: An essential growth factor freeze-dried mixture for the enhanced growth of heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
fastidious micro-organisms. for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Haemophilus
Supplement (HTS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before
Direction: Suspend 26 g Charcoal Agar Base or 16,5 g Chocolate Agar Base or 19,5 g GC pouring.
Agar Base in 460 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium
boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically Formula
35 ml sterile defibrinated blood and ‘chocolate’ by heating at 80 °C for 10 min. Cool to 50 °C. NAD 7,5 mg / vial
Dissolve the content of one vial of Growth Factor Mixture Hydration Fluid with 5 ml of sterile Hemin 7,5 mg / vial
distilled water and add aseptically to the Growth Factor Mixture (GFM80005). Mix well and
add aseptically to the medium. Mix well before pouring. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
113
III. supplements
K AGAR MALIC ACID SOLUTION Legionella BCYE GROwth FACTOR MIXTURE

KMS80005 WITHout CYSTEINE
RENEWed
product
FOR 500 ml of K AGAR LWC80005-01 FOR 100 ml of AGAR
LWC80005-02 FOR 500 ml of AGAR
Description: A malic acid solution for the preparation of K agar.
Description: A liquid essential growth factor mixture for the isolation of legionellae.
Direction: Suspend 12 g K Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled water. Add 0,5 ml of TWEEN 80
Supplement (TWS80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Direction: Prepar the appropriate amount of Legionella (CYE) Agar Base suspension (3,6 g
Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool quickly to 50 °C and add aseptically 1 or 18 g agar base in 100 ml or 500 ml of distilled water) and heat with frequent agitation
vial of K Agar Malic Acid Solution (KMS80005). Mix well before pouring. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
Warning! In case of 100 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture without
Once acidified with malic acid, the medium should not be re-heated. Cysteine (LWC80005-01). Mix well before pour-ing.
In case of 500 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture without
Formula Cysteine (LWC80005-02). Mix well before pour-ing.
Malic acid 10%
Formula
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Essential growth factors 100 mg / litre agar
Ferric pyrophosphate 250 mg / litre agar

LACTIC ACID SOLUTION
LAS80100
Description: A lactic acid solution for pH adjustment of some media. LEGIONELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, BMPA
RENEWed
Direction: Different. See the product information of media. product BMP80005-01 FOR 100 ml of AGAR
BMP80005-02 FOR 500 ml of AGAR
Formula
Lactic acid 10% Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of legionellae.
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Direction: Prepare the appropriate amount of Legionella (CYE) Agar Base suspension (3,6
g or 18 g agar base in 100 ml or 500 ml of distilled water) and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
In case of 100 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture with
Cysteine (LGF80005-01). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective
Supplement, BMPA (BMP80005-01). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before
pouring.
Legionella BCYE GROwth FACTOR MIXTURE In case of 500 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture with
WITH CYSTEINE Cysteine (LGF80005-02). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective
RENEWed
product Supplement, BMPA (BMP80005-02). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before
LGF80005-01 FOR 100 ml of AGAR pouring.
LGF80005-02 FOR 500 ml of AGAR
Formula
Description: A liquid essential growth factor mixture for the isolation of legionellae. Cefamandole 4 mg / litre agar
Polymyxin B 10 mg / litre agar
Direction: Prepare the appropriate amount of Legionella (CYE) Agar Base suspension (3,6 Anisomycin 80 mg / litre agar
g or 18 g agar base in 100 ml or 500 ml of distilled water) and heat with frequent agitation
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
Cysteine (LGF80005-01). Mix well before pouring.
In case of 500 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture with LEGIONELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, GVPC
Cysteine (LGF80005-02). Mix well before pouring. RENEWed
product GVP80005-01 FOR 100 ml of AGAR
Formula GVP80005-02 FOR 500 ml of AGAR
Essential growth factors 0,10 g / litre agar
Ferric pyrophosphate 0,25 g / litre agar Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of legionellae.
L-Cysteine 0,40 g / litre agar
Direction: Prepare the appropriate amount of Legionella (CYE) Agar Base suspension (3,6
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. g or 18 g agar base in 100 ml or 500 ml of distilled water) and heat with frequent agitation
. until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
114
III. supplements
In case of 100 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture with Formula
Cysteine (LGF80005-01). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective Ferric ammonium citrate 250,00 mg / vial
Supplement, GVPC (GVP80005-01). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before Acriflavine 6,25 mg / vial
pouring. Nalidixic acid 5,00 mg / vial
Cysteine (LGF80005-02). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
Supplement, GVPC (GVP80005-02). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before
pouring.
Formula
Glycine 3.000 mg / litre agar LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, FRASER
Polymyxin B 10 mg / litre agar LSF80004
Vancomycin 1 mg / litre agar
Cycloheximide 80 mg / litre agar FOR 500 ml of FRASER BROTH
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Listeria monocytogenes.
Direction for Fraser Broth: Suspend 27,5 g Listeria Enrichment Broth Base, UVM – Fraser
in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by
LEGIONELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, MWY autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one
RENEWed vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, Fraser (LSF80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1
product MWY80005-01 FOR 100 ml of AGAR mixture of ethanol and sterile water. Mix well. Dispense aseptically into sterile final
MWY80005-02 FOR 500 ml of AGAR containers.
Description: A freeze-dried mixtures for the isolation of legionellae. Formula

Ferric ammonium citrate 250,0 mg / vial
Direction: Prepare the appropriate amount of Legionella (CYE) Agar Base suspension (3,6 Acriflavine 12,5 mg / vial
g or 18 g agar base in 100 ml or 500 ml of distilled water) and heat with frequent agitation Nalidixic acid 10,0 mg / vial
until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C.
Cysteine (LGF80005-01). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective
Supplement, MWY (MWY80005-01). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before
pouring.
In case of 500 ml add aseptically one vial of Legionella BCYE Growth Factor Mixture with LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, OXFORD
Cysteine (LGF80005-02). Add 5 ml of distilled wa-ter to one vial of Legionella Selective LSO80004
Supplement, MWY (MWY80005-02). Shake well and add to the medium. Mix well before
pouring. FOR 500 ml of OXFORD AGAR
Formula Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Listeria monocytogenes.

Glycine 3.000 mg / litre agar
Polymyxin B 8 mg / litre agar Direction: Suspend 29,5 g Listeria Selective Agar Base, Oxford in 500 ml of distilled water
Anisomycin 80 mg / litre agar and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at
Vancomycin 1 mg / litre agar 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Listeria
Bromothymol blue 10 mg / litre agar Selective Supplement, Oxford (LSO80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of ethanol
Bromocresol purple 10 mg / litre agar and sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Formula

Cycloheximide 200,0 mg / vial
Colistin 10,0 mg / vial
Phosphomycin 5,0 mg / vial
LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, HALF FRASER Acriflavine 2,5 mg / vial
LSH80004 Cefotetan 1,0 mg / vial
FOR 500 ml of HALF FRASER BROTH Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Listeria monocytogenes.
Direction for Half Fraser Broth: Suspend 27,5 g Listeria Enrichment Broth Base, UVM -
Fraser in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely.
Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the
contents of one vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, Half Fraser (LSH80004) reconstituted
with 4 ml of 1:1 mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water. Mix well. Dispense aseptically
into sterile final containers.
115
III. supplements
LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, PALCAM RENEWed LISTERIA SUPPLEMENT

LSP80004 product LDS80100
FOR 500 ml of PALCAM AGAR FOR 500 ml of ChromoBio® Listeria

or ChromoBio® Listeria Plus
Description: A sterile liquid mixture for the supplementation of chromogenic listeria media.
Direction: Suspend 36 g Listeria Selective Agar Base, Palcam in 500 ml of distilled water
and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at Direction: Suspend 35 g ChromoBio® Listeria or ChromoBio® Listeria Plus in 400 ml of
121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Listeria distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C
Selective Supplement, Palcam (LSP80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. and add aseptically 100 ml of Listeria Supplement (LDS80100). Mix well before pouring.
Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
Formula The medium is heat sensitive.
Ceftazidime 10,0 mg / vial No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Polymyxin B 5,0 mg / vial
Acriflavine 2,5 mg / vial Formula:
See the product information sheet of ChromoBio® Listeria or ChromoBio® Listeria Plus
Storage conditions: Store protected from light at room temperature.
LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, UVM I

LU180004 M-CP CHROMOGENIC SUPPLEMENT
FOR 500 ml of UVM I BROTH MCC80004-01 FOR 100 ml of M-CP AGAR

MCC80004-02 FOR 500 ml of M-CP AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the enumeration of Clostridium perfringens.
Direction: Suspend 27,5 g Listeria Enrichment Broth Base, UVM – Fraser (LEF20500) in 500
ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by Direction for 100 ml of Agar: Suspend 7,1 g ChromoBio® M-CP Base in 100 ml of distilled
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add
vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, UVM I (LU180004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 aseptically the contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-01) and
mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water. Mix well. Dispense aseptically into sterile final one vial of M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-01) both reconstituted with 4 ml of
containers. sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula Direction for 500 ml of Agar: Suspend 35,5 g ChromoBio® M-CP Base in 500 ml of
Nalidixic acid 10 mg / vial distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C
Acriflavine 6 mg / vial and add aseptically the contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-
02) and one vial of M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-02) both reconstituted with 4
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
LISTERIA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, UVM II
LU280004 Formula
Phenolphthalein diphosphate 0,1 g / litre agar
FOR 500 ml of UVM II BROTH
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Listeria
monocytogenes.
Direction: Suspend 27,5 g Listeria Enrichment Broth Base, UVM - Fraser (LEF20500) in 500
ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by M-CP selective SUPPLEMENT
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one
vial of Listeria Selective Supplement, UVM II (LU280004) reconstituted with 4 ml of 1:1 MPS80004-01 FOR 100 ml of M-CP AGAR
mixture of ethanol and sterile distilled water. Mix well. Dispense aseptically into sterile final MPS80004-02 FOR 500 ml of M-CP AGAR
containers.
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the enumeration of Clostridium perfringens.
Formula
Acriflavine 12,5 mg / vial Direction for 100 ml of Agar: Suspend 7,1 g ChromoBio® M-CP Base in 100 ml of distilled
Nalidixic acid 10 mg / vial water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add
aseptically the contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-01) and
one vial of M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-01) both reconstituted with 4 ml of
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
116
III. supplements
Direction for 500 ml of Agar: Suspend 35,5 g ChromoBio® M-CP Base in 500 ml of MRS SUPPLEMENT
distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C MRC80100
and add aseptically the contents of one vial of M-CP Chromogenic Supplement (MCC80004-
02) and one vial of M-CP Selective Supplement (MPS80004-02) both reconstituted with 4 FOR 8 litre of MRS AGAR
ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. FOR 10 litre of MRS BROTH
Warning! Description: Solution containing TWEEN 80 and sodium acetate for the preparation of
The medium is heat sensitive. MRS media.
Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in one litre of
Formula distilled water. Add 10 ml of MRS Supplement (MRC80100). Mix well and heat with
D-Cycloserine 0,400 g / litre agar frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of agars) or heat gently to dissolve
Iron(III) chloride 0,090 g / litre agar the medium completely (in case of broths). Dispense into final containers (in case of broth).
Polymyxin B 0,025 g / litre agar Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Warning!

To ensure the homogeneity shake well the supplement before use.
Formula
MALACHITE GREEN SOLUTION, STERILE Sodium acetate 30 %
MSO80030 TWEEN 80 10 %
FOR 30 litre of MALACHIT GREEN BROTH Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at room temperature.
Description: A malachite green solution for the preparation of Malachite Green Broth.
Direction: Suspend 4,2 g Malachite Green Broth Base in 500 ml of

distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving MUG Supplement
at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Malachite MGS80004
Green Solution, Sterile (MSO80030). Mix well and dispense aseptically into sterile final
containers. Description: A fluorescent agent for the detection of Escherichia coli.
Formula Direction: Prepare 500 ml of the necessary medium. Cool to

Malachite green 1% 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of MUG Supplement (MGS80004)
Formula
MUG 50 mg / vial
MRSA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT NOVOBIOCIN SUPPLEMENTS

MSS80004
Novobiocin (5 mg) Supplement DSN80004-05
Novobiocin (10 mg) Supplement DSN80004-10
FOR 500 ml of MRSA SCREEN AGAR Novobiocin (20 mg) Supplement DSN80004-20
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the detection of MRSA. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the supplementation of some media.
Direction: Suspend 39 g MRSA Screen Agar Base in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with Direction: Different. See the product information of media (e.g. DIASALM Medium Base,
frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Rappaport-Vassiliadis (MSRV) Medium Base, Tetrathionate Broths, etc.).
Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of MRSA Selective Supplement
(MSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Formula
Novobiocin (5 mg) Supplement 5 mg / vial
Formula Novobiocin (10 mg) Supplement 10 mg / vial
Oxacillin 3 mg / vial Novobiocin (20 mg) Supplement 20 mg / vial
117
III. supplements
OGYE SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT PERFRINGENS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, TSC

OGS80004 PSS80004
FOR 500 ml of OGYE AGAR FOR 500 ml of TSC AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of yeasts and moulds. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Clostridium perfringens.
Direction: Suspend 19 g Oxytetracycline Glucose Yeast Extract Agar in 500 ml of distilled Direction for TSC Agar: Suspend 23,5 g Perfringens (TSC+SFP) Agar Base in 475 ml of
water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of Sterile Egg
50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of OGYE Selective Supplement Yolk Emulsion (EYE80025) and the contents of one vial of Perfringens Selective Supplement,
(OGS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. TSC (PSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Direction for Egg Yolk Free TSC Agar: Suspend 23,5 g Perfringens (TSC+SFP) Agar Base
Formula in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well.
Oxytetracycline 50 mg / vial Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the
contents of one vial of Perfringens Selective Supplement, TSC (PSS80004) reconstituted
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula
D-Cycloserine 200 mg / vial
PERFRINGENS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, OPSP, A + B
POS80004 Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
FOR 500 ml of OPSP AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Clostridium perfringens. PHENYLETHANOL SUPPLEMENT
Direction: Suspend 23,5 g Perfringens (OPSP) Agar Base in 500ml of distilled water and PEE80030
for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial each of Perfringens FOR 500 g of PHENYLETHYL ALCOHOL (PEA) AGAR
Selective Supplements, OPSP, A + B (POS80004) both reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Description: Phenylethanol for the preparation of Phenylethyl Alcohol (PEA) Agar.
Formula Direction: Suspend 45 g Phenylethyl Alcohol (PEA) Agar Base in 950 ml of distilled water
Perfringens Selective Supplement, OPSP, A and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Add 2,5 ml of Phenylethanol
Polymyxin B 0,80 mg / vial Supplement (PEE80030). Mix well and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Oleandomycin 0,25 mg / vial Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile defibrinated blood. Mix well again before
pouring.
Perfringens Selective Supplement, OPSP, B
Sulphadiazine 50 mg / vial Formula
Phenylethanol 30 ml
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at room temperature.
PERFRINGENS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, SFP

PFS80004 POTASSIUM TELLURITE SOLUTION, STERILE
PTS80030
FOR 500 ml of SFP AGAR
FOR 30 litre of VOGEL-JOHNSON AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Clostridium perfringens. FOR 10 litre of GIOLITTI-CANTONI BROTH
Direction for SFP Agar: Suspend 23,5 g Perfringens (TSC+SFP) Agar Base in 475 ml of Description: A potassium tellurite solution for the preparation of the above media.
distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of Sterile Egg Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in 500 ml of
Yolk Emulsion (EYE80025) and the contents of one vial of Perfringens Selective Supplement, distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of agars)
SFP (PFS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in case of broths). Sterilise by autoclaving
a t
Direction for Egg Yolk Free SFP Agar: Suspend 23,5 g Perfringens (TSC+SFP) Agar Base 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) (in case of agar) or
in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. 3 dose (1,5 ml) (in case of broth) of Potassium Tellurite Solution, Sterile (PTS80030). Mix well
Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the before pouring (in case of agar) or dispense aseptically into sterile final containers (in case of
contents of one vial of Perfringens Selective Supplement, SFP (PFS80004) reconstituted broth).
with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
Formula
Formula Potassium tellurite 18 %
Kanamycin 6,0 mg / vial
Polymyxin B 2,5 mg / vial Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
118
III. supplements
PSEUDOMONAS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, CFC ROSOLIC ACID SUPPLEMENT

CFC80004 NEW product RAS80005
RENEWed
product
FOR 500 ml of CETRIMIDE (CFC) AGAR FOR 500 ml of M-FC Agar and Broth
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for detection of faecal coliforms.
Direction: Suspend 25 g Cetrimide (CN) Agar Base No.2 in 500 ml of distilled water. Add 5 Direction for agar: Suspend 26 g agar base in 500 ml of distilled water and heat with
ml of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium frequent agitation until the medium becomes transparent (about 90 °C). Add the content
boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically of one vial of Rosolic Acid Supplement (RAS80005) reconstituted with 5 ml of sterile
the content of one vial of Pseudomonas Selective Supplement, CFC (CFC80004) distilled water. Continue heating with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Mix
reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. well before pouring.
Direction for broth: Suspend 18,5 g broth base in 500 ml of distilled water. Add the content
Formula of one vial of Rosolic Acid Supplement (RAS80005) reconstituted with 5 ml of sterile distilled
Cephaloridine 100 mg / vial water. Mix well and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well.
Fucidine 5 mg / vial
Cetrimide 5 mg / vial Warning!
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Formula
Rosolic acid 50 mg / vial
PSEUDOMONAS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT, CN Storage conditions: Store in the dark at room temperature.
RENEWed PCN80004
product
FOR 500 ml of CETRIMIDE (CN) AGAR
RPMI MOPS SOLUTION, STERILE
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. RGS80100
Direction: Suspend 25 g Cetrimide (CN) Agar Base No.2 500 ml of distilled water. Add 5 ml FOR 500 ml of RPMI MOPS AGAR
of Glycerol Supplement (GLC80100) and heat with frequent agitation until the medium
boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically Description: A sterile RPMI MOPS solution for the preparation of RPMI MOPS Agar.
the content of one vial of Pseudomonas Selective Supplement, CN (PCN80004) reconstituted
with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring. Direction: Suspend 17,5 g of RPMI MOPS Agar Base in 400 ml of distilled water and heat
Formula 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C. Heat gently 100 ml of RPMI MOPS Solution, Sterile (RGS80100)
Cetrimide 100 mg / vial to 50 °C and add aseptically to the agar base. Mix well before pouring.
Nalidixic acid 7,5 mg / vial
Formula
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. MOPS 34,5 g/l
RPMI 1640 10,5 g/l
RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS MAGNESIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTION

RMG81000
FOR 500 g of RAPPAPORT-VASSILIADIS BROTH BASE, PH EUR - USP NEW product SALMONELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT
SSS80004
Description: A magnesium chloride solution for the preparation of Rappaport-Vassiliadis
Broth. FOR 500 ml of ChromoBio® SALMONELLA
Direction: Fill up 27 ml of Rappaport-Vassiliadis Magnesium Chloride Solution Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Salmonella spp.
(RMG81000) to one litre with distilled water. Suspend 13,5 g of Rappaport-Vassiliadis Broth
Base, PH EUR - USP and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Dispense into final Direction: Suspend 21,5 g ChromoBio® Salmonella base in 500 ml of distilled water and
containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 115 °C for 15 minutes. heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Salmonella
Warning! Selective Supplement (SSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml sterile distilled water. Mix well
The medium is heat sensitive. before pouring
Formula
Formula Cefsulodin 6,0 mg / vial
Magnesium chloride 1074 g/l Novobiocin 2,5 mg / vial
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
119
III. supplements
SALMONELLA PLUS SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT SODIUM ACETATE SOLUTION

NEW product SSP80004 SAS80100
FOR 500 ml of ChromoBio® SALMONELLA PLUS FOR 10 litre of TYROBUTYRICUM BROTH

FOR 3 litre of ROGOSA AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Salmonella spp.
Description: Solution containing sodium acetate for the preparation of some media.
Direction: Suspend 22,5 g ChromoBio® Salmonella Plus Base in 500 ml of distilled water
and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in one litre of distilled
121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of water. Add 10 ml (in case broth) or 33 ml (in case of agar) of Sodium Acetate Supplement
Salmonella Plus Selective Supplement (SSP80004) reconstituted with 4 ml sterile distilled (SAS80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in case of broth) or heat
water. Mix well before pouring with frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of agar). Dispense into final containers
(in case of broth). Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Formula
Cefsulodin 6,0 mg / vial Formula
Novobiocin 2,5 mg / vial Sodium acetate 50 %
Specific inhibitor 1,0 mg / vial
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at room temperature.
SELENITE SUPPLEMENT SODIUM METABISULPHITE SOLUTION, STERILE

SES80110 SMS80030
FOR 500 g of SELENITE BROTH BASE FOR 30 litre of MEDIA
Description: Sodium selenite powder for the preparation of selenite broths. Description: A sodium metabisulphite solution for the differentiation of Clostridium spp.
Direction: Dissolve 4 grams of Selenite Supplement (SES80110) in one litre of distilled Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in 500 ml of
water and then add the appropriate quantity of the different broth bases. Heat gently to distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of agars)
dissolve the medium completely. Mix well and dispense into final containers. In case of not or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in case of broths). Sterilise by autoclaving
using the medium on the day of preparation, sterilise at 100 °C for 10 minutes. Cool quickly! at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one dose (0,5 ml) of Sodium
A small amount of coloured precipitate is not detrimental. Metabisulphite Solution, Sterile (SMS80030) and one dose
(0,5 ml) of Ferric Ammonium Citrate Solution, Sterile (FAC80030). Mix well before dispensing.
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Formula
No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable. Sodium metabisulphite 60 %
Formula Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.

Sodium selenite 110 g
SHIGELLA SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT STAPH/STREP SELECTIVE Supplement

SBS80004 SHS80004
FOR 500 ml of SHIGELLA SELECTIVE AGAR for 500 ml of COLUMBIA CNA AGAR
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the selective enrichment of Shigella spp. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of staphylococci and streptococci.
Direction: Suspend 15 g Shigella Selective Broth Base in 500 ml of dis-tilled water and Direction for Columbia CNA Agar: Suspend 42 g Columbia Blood Agar Base in 950 ml of
heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one vial of Shigella Selective Supplement autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of sterile
(SBS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense defibrinated blood and the contents of one vial of Staph/Strep Selective Supplement (SHS80004)
aseptically into sterile containers. reconstituted with 4 ml of 95% ethanol. Mix well before pouring.
Formula Formula
Cefsulodin 20,0 mg / vial Nalidixic acid 7,5 mg / vial
Novobiocin 0,3 mg / vial Colistin 5,0 mg / vial
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C
120
III. supplements
STERILE EGG YOLK EMULSION STERILE EGG YOLK TELLURITE EMULSION
25 ml - EYE80025 FOR 500 ml of agar 25 ml - EYT80025 FOR 500 ml of BAIRD-PARKER AGAR

Description: A sterile, stabilised emulsion of egg yolk for the identification of Clostridium, Description: A sterile, stabilised emulsion of egg yolk containing potassium tellurite for
Bacillus and Staphylococcus spp. by their lipase activity. the isolation and presumptive identification of coagulase positive staphylococci.
Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different agar bases in 475 ml of Direction: Suspend 60 g Baird-Parker Agar Base, PH EUR in 950 ml of distilled water and
distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 25 ml of Sterile Egg for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Tellurite Emulsion
Yolk Emulsion (EYE80025). Mix well before pouring. (EYT80050). Mix well before pouring.
Formula
Formula Egg yolk 50%
Egg yolk 50% Potassium tellurite 50 mg / 25 ml
STERILE EGG YOLK POLYMYXIN (PEMBA) EMULSION SULPHAMANDELATE SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT

SUS80004
25 ml - EYP80025-01 for 500 ml of bacillus cereus (PEMBA) agar
50 ml - EYP80050-01 for 1000 ml of bacillus cereus (PEMBA) agar FOR 500 ml of BRILLIANT GREEN AGAR, MODIFIED
Description: A sterile, stabilised emulsion of egg yolk containing polymyxin B for the Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of salmonellae.
identification of Bacillus spp. by their lipase activity.
Direction: Suspend 26,5 g Brilliant Green Agar Base, Modified in 500 ml of distilled water and
Direction: Suspend 40 g Bacillus Cereus (PEMBA) Agar Base in 950 ml of distilled water heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically
and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at the contents of one vial of Sulphamandelate Selective Supplement (SUS80004) reconstituted
121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 50 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Polymyxin with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well before pouring.
(PEMBA) Emulsion (EYP80050-01). Mix well before pouring.
Warning!
Formula The medium is heat sensitive.
Egg yolk 50% No further sterilisation is necessary or desirable.
Polymyxin 8 mg / 25 ml
Formula
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Sodium sulphacetamide 500 mg / vial
Sodium mandelate 125 mg / vial
STERILE EGG YOLK POLYMYXIN (PREP) EMULSION
50 ml - EYP80050-02 for 500 ml of bacillus cereus (PREP) agar

100 ml - EYP80100-02 for 1000 ml of bacillus cereus (PREP) agar
Description: A sterile, stabilised emulsion of egg yolk containing polymyxin B for the
identification of Bacillus spp. by their lipase activity.
Direction: Suspend 46 g Bacillus Cereus (PREP) Agar Base in 900 ml of distilled water and
for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically 100 ml of Sterile Egg Yolk Polymyxin
(PREP) Emulsion (EYP80100-02). Mix well before pouring.
Formula
Egg yolk 50%
Polymyxin 8 mg / 50 ml
121
III. supplements
TETRATHIONATE IODINE-IODIDE SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT TRICHOMONAS SELECTIVE Supplement

TTS80010 TSS80004
FOR 500 ml of TETRATHIONATE BROTHS for 500 ml of Trichomonas MEDIA
Description: A dehydrated mixture for the preparation of tetrathionate broths. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the cultivation of Trichomonas vaginalis.
Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different tetrathionate broth bases in Direction for Trichomonas Medium: Suspend 18,5 g Trichomonas Medium Base in 455
500 ml of distilled water and heat gently to dissolve the medium completely. Cool to 50 °C ml of distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise
and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Tetrathionate Iodine-Iodide Selective by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of
Supplement (TTS80010) reconstituted with 10 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well and one vial of Trichomonas Selective Supplement (TSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes. distilled water and 40 ml of sterile inactivated (i.e. serum held at 56°C for 30 minutes) and
pH adjusted (6.4) horse serum. Dispense aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Warning!
The medium is heat sensitive. Direction for Trichomonas (CPLM) Medium, Modified: Suspend 17,5 g Trichomonas
Do not heat after the addition of the supplement. (CPLM) Medium Base, Modified in 425 ml of distilled water and heat with frequent
The complete medium should be used on the day of preparation. agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool
to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Trichomonas Selective Supplement
Formula (TSS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water and 70 ml of sterile inactivated
Iodine 3,0 g / vial (i.e. serum held at 56 °C for 30 minutes) and pH adjusted (6.0) horse serum. Dispense
Potassium iodide 2,5 g / vial aseptically into sterile test tubes.
Storage conditions: Store in dark at 2-8 °C. Formula

Streptomycin 500 mg / vial
Penicillin 80 mg / vial
TODD-HEWITT SELECTIVE SUPPLEMENT Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
THS80004
FOR 500 ml of SELECTIVE TODD-HEWITT BROTH

TRITON X-100 SUPPLEMENT
Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Streptococcus spp. TXS80100
Direction: Suspend 18,5 g Todd-Hewitt Broth in 500 ml of distilled water and heat gently FOR 100 litre of A-1 BROTH
to dissolve the medium completely. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool
to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Todd-Hewitt Selective Supplement Description: Triton X-100 for the preparation of A-1 Broth.
(THS80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well and dispense
aseptically into sterile final containers. Direction: Suspend 31 g A-1 Broth Base in one litre of distilled water. Add 1 ml of TRITON
X-100 Supplement (TXS80100). Mix well and heat gently to dissolve the medium
Formula completely. Dispense into test tubes fitted with Durham tube and sterilise by autoclaving
Nalidixic acid 0,0075 mg / vial at 121 °C for 15 minutes.
Colistin 0,0050 mg / vial
Formula
Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C. Triton X-100 bacteriological grade 100 ml

TRIBUTYRIN SUPPLEMENT
TRS80250
FOR 500 g TRIBUTYRIN AGAR BASE TTC SOLUTION, STERILE

TTC80030
Description: Tributyrin for the preparation of Tributyrin Agar.
FOR 30 litre of SOME MEDIA
Direction: Suspend 20 g Tributyrin Agar Base in one litre of distilled water. Add 10 ml of
Tributyrin Supplement (TRS80250) and mix uniformly. Heat with frequent agitation until Description: A TTC solution for the preparation of some media.
the medium boils well. Sterilise by autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C with
frequent agitation and pour plates immediately to solidify quickly. Direction: Suspend the appropriate quantity of the different medium bases in 500 ml of
distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well. Sterilise by
Warning! autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 minutes if it is necessary. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically one
The ready medium must be uniformly turbid gel! dose (0,5 ml) of TTC Solution, Sterile (TTC80030). Mix well before pouring.
Formula Formula
Tributyrin 250 ml 2,3,5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride 5%
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Storage conditions: Store in the dark, at 2-8 °C.
122
III. supplements
TWEEN 80 SUPPLEMENT NEW product

VANCOMYCIN (3 mg) SUPPLEMENT
VSS80004-03
TWS80100 - 100 ml
TWS80500 - 500 ml FOR 500 ml of AGAR
Description: TWEEN 80 (Polysorbate 80) for the preparation of some media. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of legionellae.
Direction: Different. See the product information of relevant media. Direction: Suspend 25 g Brain Heart Infusion Agar in 500 ml of distilled water and heat
Formula 15 minutes. Cool to 50 °C and add aseptically the contents of one vial of Vancomycin (3 mg)
TWEEN 80, bacteriological grade 100 ml Supplement (VSS80004-03) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile distilled water. Mix well
TWEEN 80, bacteriological grade 500 ml before pouring.
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Formula

YERSINIA (CIN) Selective Supplement

TYROBUTYRICUM SODIUM LACTATE SOLUTION CIN80004
SLT80140
FOR 500 ml of YERSINIA AGAR
FOR 500 g of TYROBUTYRICUM BROTH BASE FOR 500 ml of YERSINIA BROTH
Description: A sodium lactate solution for the preparation of Tyrobutyricum Broth. Description: A freeze-dried mixture for the isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica.
Direction: Fill up 10 ml of Tyrobutyricum Sodium Lactate Solution (SLT80140) to one litre Direction: Suspend 30 g Yersinia Agar Base or 16,5 g Yersinia Broth Base in 500 ml of
with distilled water. Suspend 31 g of Tyrobutyricum Broth Base and heat gently to dissolve distilled water and heat with frequent agitation until the medium boils well (in case of
the medium completely. Dispense into final containers and sterilise by autoclaving at 121 agar) or heat gently to dissolve the medium completely (in case of broth). Sterilise by
°C for 15 minutes. autoclaving at 121°C for 15 minutes. Cool to 50°C and add aseptically the contents of one
vial of Yersinia (CIN) Selective Supplement (CIN80004) reconstituted with 4 ml of sterile
Formula
Sodium lactate 50% Formula
Cefsulodin 7,50 mg / vial
Storage conditions: Store at room temperature. Irgasan 2,00 mg / vial
Novobiocin 1,25 mg / vial
123

Dokumen - Tips - Manual 13th Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dokumen - Tips - Manual 13th Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dokumen - Tips - Manual 13th Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MANUAL

FOR SPLENDID ISOLATION

You are holding the Dehydrated Culture Media

This manual is divided into three parts:

II. DEHYDRATED CULTURE MEDIA

Budapest, 2nd November, 2013

BACTERIOLOGICAL AGAR BACTERIOLOGICAL PEPTONE

BACTERIOLOGICAL BILE BILE SALT No.3

Code Number: BBI10100, BBI10500

CASEIN PEPTONE MALT EXTRACT

GELATIN PEPTONE MEAT EXTRACT

MEAT PEPTONE (PEPSIN DIGESTED) PROTEOSE PEPTONE

MYCOLOGICAL PEPTONE SOYA PEPTONE

TRYPTONE YEAST EXTRACT

Code Number: TRY10500, TRY11000

2.1. Culture media according to pharmacopoeias

A. PharmaBio® culture media

B. Culture media for the method of the European Pharmacopoeia

BROTH MEDIUM D (LACTOSE BROTH) AGAR MEDIUM O (BAIRD-PARKER AGAR BASE)

BROTH MEDIUM E (enterobacteria enrichment broth,

AGAR MEDIUM H (MACCONKEY AGAR) AGAR MEDIUM S (R2A AGAR)

AGAR MEDIUM K (xylose lysine deoxycholate agar) Neutralising Fluid Base

C. Culture media for the method of the United States Pharmacopoeia

Eosin Methylene blue agar, USP TETRATIONATE BROTH BASE, USP

KING A AGAR, USP VOGEL-JOHNSON AGAR, USP

KING B AGAR, USP

D. Culture media for the harmonised method

Buffered sodium chloride peptone solution pH 7.0 Mannitol salt agar

Casein soya bean digest agar Potato dextrose agar

Cetrimide agar Reinforced medium for clostridia

Columbia agar Sabouraud dextrose agar

Enterobacteria enrichment broth, Mossel Sabouraud dextrose broth

MacConkey Agar Violet red bile glucose agar

MacConkey Broth Xylose, lysine, deoxycholate agar

2.2. Alphabetical list of media

CULTURE MEDIA FOR AMINO ACID DECOMPOSITION STUDIES

Code Number: See below

Moeller Broth Base

Moeller Broth, Arginine

Moeller Broth, Lysine Falkow Broth, Lysine Taylor Broth, Lysine

A-1 BROTH BASE ACETATE DIFFERENTIAL AGAR

Code Number: A1B20500, A1B25000 Code Number: ADA20500, ADA25000

ACETAMIDE BROTH AEROMONAS AGAR BASE

Formula in g/l Warning!

Quality Control: Code Number: AIB20500, AIB25000

ANAEROBE ISOLATION AGAR Formula in g/l

Formula in g/l Quality Control:

ANTIBIOTIC ASSAY MEDIA

APT AGAR BASE ARGININE BROTH

Code Number: APT20500, APT25000 Code Number: ARB20500, ARB25000

Formula in g/l Formula in g/l

References: Evans and Niven (1951) J. Bact. 62: 599.

NEW product APT BROTH BASE ASPARAGINE BROTH BASE

Code Number: APB20500, APB25000 Code Number: ASB20500, ASB25000

FORMULA in g/l Formula in g/l

AZIDE DEXTROSE BROTH BACILLUS CEREUS (PEMBA) AGAR BASE

Code Number: ADB20500, ADB25000 Code Number: BCA20500, BCA25000

AZIDE DEXTROSE BROTH, ROTHE BACILLUS CEREUS (PREP) AGAR BASE

Quality Control: Code Number: AIB20500, AIB25000

Formula in g/l Quality Control:

References: G reenberg et al. (1985) APHA, Standard Methods for

References: Livingston et al. (1978) J. Clin. Microbiol. 7: 448. Quality Control:

Quality Control: Quality Control:

Code Number: BTA20500, BTA25000 Quality Control:

Quality Control: Quality Control:

BRYANT-BURKEY BROTH Quality Control:

Quality Control: Quality Control:

Quality Control: Quality Control:

Quality Control: NEW product ChromoBio® SALMONELLA PLUS BASE

Quality Control: DEOXYCHOLATE CITRATE AGAR, LEIFSON, MODIFIED

Quality Control: Code Number: DCE20500, DCE25000

Quality Control: Formula in g/l

DEOXYCHOLATE LACTOSE AGAR Quality Control:

Quality Control: Quality Control:

Quality Control: References: Jeffries et al. (1957) J. Bact. 73: 590.

DRIGALSKI LACTOSE AGAR Quality Control:

Quality Control: Formula in g/l